KR20170119731A - Wireless energy transfer systems - Google Patents

Abstract

-팩터(

>100)와 특성 크기(

)를 갖는 소스 공진자(source resonator)와, 상기 소스 공진자로부터 거리(D)만큼 이격되어 있으며, 에너지 드레인으로 연결되어 있는

-팩터(

)와 특성 크기(

)를 갖는 제 2 공진자에 대한 개선된 기능이 기재되어 있으며, 상기 소스 공진자와 제 2 공진자는 서로 결합되어 있어서, 상기 소스 공진자와 제 2 공진자 간에 에너지가 무선으로 교환된다.Connected to an energy source,

- Factor (

> 100) and the characteristic size (

A source resonator spaced from the source resonator by a distance D and connected with an energy drain,

- Factor (

) And the attribute size (

The source resonator and the second resonator are coupled to each other so that energy is exchanged wirelessly between the source resonator and the second resonator.

Description

[0001] WIRELESS ENERGY TRANSFER SYSTEMS [0002]

Cross reference with related applications

This application claims priority based on the following United States patent applications, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.

U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 100,721 (filed on September 27, 2008), U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 108,743 (filed on October 27, 2008), U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 147,386 U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 152,086 (Feb. 12, 2009), U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 178,508 (May 15, 2009), U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 182,768 U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 142,977 filed on Jan. 07, 2009, U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 121,159 filed on Dec. 09, 2008, filed on Jun. Filed on June 6, 2009, 61 / 142,796 filed on Jan. 06, 2009, and 61 / 142,889 filed on June, 2009 U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 142,880 filed on Jan. 06, 2009, U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 142,818 filed on Jan. 06, 2009, U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 142,887 (Filing date: Jan. 06, 2009), U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 156,764 (filing date: 2009 U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 143,058 filed on Jan. 07, 2009, U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 152,390, Feb. 13, 2009, U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 163,695, (Filed on March 26, 2009), U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 172,633 filed on Apr. 24, 2009, U.S. Patent Application No. 61 / 169,240 filed on Apr. 14, 2009, 61 / 173,747 (April 29, 2009).

Background technology

Technical field:

The present application relates to wireless energy transmission, also referred to as wireless power transmission.

Description of related field:

Energy or power can be delivered wirelessly using a variety of known radiated (or far field) techniques, or non-patterned (or near field) techniques. For example, radiated wireless information transfer using a low-directional antenna (e.g., a radio communication system and a cellular communication system and a low-directional antenna used in a home computer network) may be considered wireless energy transfer. However, this type of radiated transmission is very inefficient because only a small portion of the power to be supplied (or copied) is in the direction, and only the overlap is collected by the receiver. Most of the power is copied in all other directions and is lost in free space. In the case of data transmission, this inefficient power transfer is acceptable but is not practical for delivering a useful amount of electrical energy for the purpose of powering, i.e. charging, the battery device. One way to improve the transfer efficiency of some radiative energy transfer schemes is to use directional antennas to confine the copied energy, preferably toward the receiver. However, this directional copying scheme requires a seamless line-of-sight and may require complex track and steering means for mobile transmitters and / or receivers. In addition, when a lot of power is being transmitted, this approach can be dangerous to crossing beams or crossing objects or people. Often, known non-wired (or near field) wireless energy transfer schemes, referred to as induction or traditional induction methods, do not (intentionally) copy power, and include oscillations passing through the primary coil The current can be used to generate an oscillating magnetic near-field which induces a current in a nearby receive or auxiliary coil. Traditional induction methods have proven a large amount of power transmission, but this power transmission has only a very short distance, with very small offset tolerances between the main power supply unit and the auxiliary receiver unit. An electrical transformer and its nearby charger are examples of devices using such a known short distance, near field energy transfer scheme.

Thus, there is a need for a wireless power delivery scheme that is capable of delivering a useful amount of electrical power through mid-range distances and alignment offsets. Such wireless power delivery schemes should enable usable energy delivery over longer distances and alignment offsets to be achieved without the inherent limitations and risks inherent in radiated transmission schemes than those implemented using traditional guidance schemes.

In the present application, a non-wired or near-field wireless energy delivery scheme is described that is capable of delivering a useful amount of power over medium-range distances and alignment offsets. The technique of the present invention utilizes an electromagnetic resonator coupled with a long-lived oscillatory resonant mode that transfers power from a power supply to a power drain. Although the specific examples described herein relate to electromagnetic resonators, this technique is general and can be applied to a variety of resonators. The resonator is designed such that the energy stored by the electric field is confined in the structure and the energy stored by the magnetic field is mainly confined in the region surrounding the resonator. Thereafter, the energy exchange takes place mainly by resonant near magnetic fields. This type of resonator can be referred to as a self resonator. When the resonance is designed so that the energy stored by the magnetic field is confined mainly in the structure and the energy stored by the electric field is mainly confined to the area around the resonator, the energy exchange is performed mainly by a resonant near field. This type of resonator may be referred to as an electrical resonator. Either type of resonator can also be referred to as an electromagnetic resonator. Both types of resonators are mentioned herein.

The omni-directional, but stationary (non-lossy) nature of the near field of the resonator according to the present invention allows various electronic devices to be charged, powered, or powered by various orientations and resonator orientations Efficient wireless energy delivery over a mid-range distance suitable for simultaneous charging and charging. Therefore, the system is configured such that the first resonator connected to the power source is located in the first position, and the second resonator, which can be connected to the electric / electronic device, the battery, the power supply or the charging circuit, To a second resonator may range from a few centimeters to a few meters. For example, a first resonator connected to a wired electrical grid is located on the ceiling of the room and another resonator connected to the device (e.g., a robot, vehicle, computer, communication device, medical device, etc.) There is a case where these devices are continuously or intermittently receiving power wirelessly from a source resonator. From such an example, it is envisioned that many of the systems and methods described herein can provide wireless power over medium distance, examples of which include consumer electronics, industrial applications, infrastructure power and lighting, , Electronic games, and military applications.

Energy exchange between the two electromagnetic resonators can be optimized when the resonators are tuned to substantially the same frequency with each other and the losses in the system are minimized. The wireless energy delivery system can be designed such that the "coupling time" between the resonators is much shorter than the "loss-time" Thus, the system and method of the present invention may utilize a high-Q resonator having a low intrinsic-loss rate. In addition, the systems and methods described herein utilize a subwavelength resonator having a near-field length that extends considerably longer than the characteristic size of the resonator, so that the near-field of the resonator, which exchanges energy, . ≪ / RTI > This is an operation method that has not been previously performed and is significantly different from the conventional induction design.

It is important to understand the difference between the Hi-Q self-resonator scheme described herein and the conventional near-field or near-inductive scheme, i.e., a conventional scheme that does not use a Hi-Q resonator. (See, for example, Waves and Fields in Optoelectronics, HA Haus, Prentic Hall, 1984) using a coupled mode theory (CMT) Among them, power transmission that is several orders of magnitude more efficient than is possible by conventional inductive methods may be possible. Combined high-Q resonators have proven efficient energy delivery over medium distances and improved efficiency and offset tolerance in short-range energy transfer applications.

The systems and methods described herein can provide near field wireless energy transmission through a strongly coupled high-Q resonator, where the far-field energy is transmitted over a much longer distance than that obtained using conventional induction techniques, It can deliver levels of power up to several kilowatts from a picowatt. Efficient energy transfer can be realized for various general systems of strongly coupled resonators (e.g., systems of strongly coupled acoustic resonators, nuclear resonators, mechanical resonators, etc.). M.I.T. "Efficient wireless non-radiative mid-range energy transfer", Annals of Physics, vol.323, Issue 1, p.34 (2008) and "Wireless Power Transfer via Strongly Coupled Magnetic Resonance", Science, vol. 317, no. 5834, p. 83, (2007). In this application, a system of electromagnetic resonators and associated electromagnetic resonators (more specifically, referred to as combined magnetic resonators and associated electrical resonators) having an operating frequency of 10 GHz or less is described.

This document describes a wireless energy transfer technique, also referred to as wireless transmission technology. The terms wireless energy transfer, wireless power transfer, wireless power transmission, and the like that appear throughout this specification may be used interchangeably. The present disclosure is directed to a device, a remote device, a plurality of remote devices, such as a source, an AC or DC source, a battery, a source resonator, a power supply, a generator, a solar panel and a thermal collector, Devices, device resonators, resonators, and the like. An intermediate resonator that extends the range of a wireless energy delivery system can be described that either hops energy or causes energy to propagate through the intermediate resonator, By allowing the energy transfer from the source resonator to any other device and any combination of the intermediate resonators to be relayed, thereby causing the energy transfer < RTI ID = 0.0 > Network, or string, or an extended path can be realized. The device resonator receives energy from the source resonator and converts a portion of the energy into electrical power for powering or charging the device while at the same time communicating a portion of the received energy to other devices or to a mobile device resonator do. Energy can be transferred from the source resonator to the plurality of device resonators while significantly extending the distance over which energy can be transmitted wirelessly. Wireless power delivery systems can be implemented using a variety of system architectures and resonator designs. The system may comprise a single power source or a plurality of power sources. The resonator may be designed to be a power supply or a device resonator, or it may be designed to be a repeater. In some cases, the resonator may be a device resonator and a source resonator at the same time, or may operate as a source resonator and be switched to operate as a device resonator or repeater. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that a variety of system architectures may be supported by the various resonator designs and functions of the present invention.

In the wireless energy delivery system described herein, power can be supplied directly to the remote device using power or energy supplied wirelessly. Or when the energy storage unit can be charged or recharged wirelessly and / or simply when the wireless power transfer mechanism assists the main power supply of the device, the device is connected to an energy storage unit (e.g., a battery, a super-capacitor ), An ultra-capacitor, or the like (or any other type of power drain). The device may be powered by a hybrid battery / energy storage device (e.g., a battery having an integral storage capacitor, etc.). In addition, the novel battery and energy storage devices can be designed to take advantage of functional improvements made possible by the wireless power transmission system.

Another power management scenario involves using power supplied wirelessly to recharge the battery or charge the energy storage unit when the powered device is off, in an idle state, in a sleep mode, . The battery or energy storage unit may be charged or refilled at a high (fast) or low (slow) speed. The battery or energy storage unit may be trickle charge and float charge. A plurality of devices may be simultaneously charged or powered up in parallel or one or more devices may receive power for a period of time and then another power transfer may be transferred to another device. Power transmission can be done sequentially. A plurality of apparatuses may be connected to one or more other apparatuses and to one or more other apparatuses to share power from more than one power source at the same time, in a time multiplexing manner, in a frequency multiplexing manner, in a spatial multiplexing manner, Space, and orientation in any combination of multiplexing schemes. The plurality of devices may share power with each other, wherein one or more devices are reconfigured to operate continuously, intermittently, periodically, or occasionally, or temporarily as a wireless power source. Those skilled in the art will recognize that there are a variety of ways to power and / or charge the device and that these various methods can be applied to the techniques and applications of the present invention.

Wireless energy transmission has a variety of possible applications, for example, a power source (a power source connected to a wired electrical grid) is placed in the ceiling, under the floor, or on the walls of a room, , A PDA, or the like) can be placed in a room, or can move freely. Other applications may include powering or recharging an electric vehicle (e.g., a bus and / or hybrid car) and a medical device (a wearable or implantable device). In a further exemplary application, there is a need for an apparatus and method for monitoring autonomous electronics (e.g., a laptop, a cell phone, a portable music player, a home robot, a GPS navigation system, (For example, fans, drills, saws, heaters, displays, televisions, desktop appliances, etc.), military devices, heated or illuminated clothing, communication and navigation devices (E.g., a medical implanted device, or a hidden implantable device, such as a device mounted on a vehicle), a protective garment and a guard (e.g., a helmet, a protective clothing and a vest) Transplanted or embedded sensors or tags), or transfer power between a roof-top solar panel and an outdoor distribution panel

-팩터(

)와 특성 크기(

)를 갖는 소스 공진자(source resonator)와, 상기 소스 공진자로부터 거리(D)만큼 이격되어 있으며 부하(load)로 연결되어 있는

-팩터(

)와 특성 크기(

)를 갖는 제 2 공진자를 포함한다. 이때, 상기 소스 공진자와 제 2 공진자는 서로 결합되어 있어서, 상기 소스 공진자와 제 2 공진자 간에 에너지가 무선으로 교환되며,

이다. In one aspect of the invention, the system of the present invention is connected to a generator

- Factor (

) And the attribute size (

A source resonator spaced apart from the source resonator by a distance D and connected by a load,

- Factor (

) And the attribute size (

And a second resonator having a second resonator. At this time, the source resonator and the second resonator are coupled to each other, so that energy is exchanged wirelessly between the source resonator and the second resonator,

to be.

은 100보다 작을 수 있다.

는 100보다 작을 수 있다. 상기 시스템은, 소스 공진자 및 제 2 공진자와 함께, 에너지를 비복사 방식(non-radiatively)으로 전달하도록 구성되며

-팩터(

)를 갖는 제 3 공진자를 더 포함한다. 이때

이고,

이다.

는 100보다 작을 수 있다.

Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 > 100.

Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 > 100. The system is configured to transmit energy non-radiatively with a source resonator and a second resonator

- Factor (

And a third resonator having a second resonator. At this time

ego,

to be.

Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 > 100.

The source resonator is connected to the generator using a direct electrical connection. The system further includes an impedance matching network, wherein the source resonator is coupled to the generator using a direct electrical connection, and the source resonator is impedance matched to the generator. The system further comprises a tunable circuit in which the source resonator is connected to the generator via the tunable circuit by direct electrical connection. The tunable circuit may include a variable capacitor. The tunable circuit may include a variable inductor. One or more of the direct electrical connections are configured to substantially preserve the resonant mode of the source resonator. The source resonator has a first terminal, a second terminal and a center terminal, and the impedance between the first terminal and the center terminal and the impedance between the second terminal and the center terminal are substantially equal to each other. The source resonator comprises a capacitive loaded loop having a first terminal, a second terminal and a center terminal, wherein the impedance between the first terminal and the center terminal and the impedance between the second terminal and the center terminal are substantially equal to each other Do. The impedance matching network may further include a first terminal, a second terminal, and a center terminal, wherein an impedance between the first terminal and the center terminal and an impedance between the second terminal and the center terminal are They are substantially the same.

)를 가지며, 제 1 단자와 제 2 단자는 발전기로 직접 연결되어 있고, 상기 공진 주파수(

)와 동일한 발진 신호에 의해 구동된다. 상기 중앙 단자는 전기 접지로 연결된다. 소스 공진자는 공진 주파수(

)를 가지며, 제 1 단자와 제 2 단자는 발전기로 직접 연결되어 있으며, 공진 주파수(

)와 실질적으로 동일한 주파수에 의해 구동된다. 상기 시스템은 발전기와 부하로 연결되는 복수의 커패시터를 포함한다. 상기 소스 공진자와 제 2 공진자는 각각, 저손실 탄젠트 물질(low loss tangent material)로 감싸진다. 상기 시스템은 전력 변환 회로(power conversion circuit)를 더 포함하며, 상기 제 2 공진자는 DC 전력을 부하로 전달하도록 상기 전력 변환 회로로 연결된다. 상기 시스템은 전력 변환 회로를 더 포함하며, 상기 제 2 공진자는 AC 전력을 부하로 전달하도록 상기 전력 변환 회로로 연결된다. 상기 시스템은 전력 변환 회로를 더 포함하며, 제 2 공진자는 AC 전력과 DC 전력을 모두 부하로 전달하도록 상기 전력 변환 회로로 연결된다. 상기 시스템은The first terminal and the second terminal are directly connected to the generator and are driven by oscillating signals that are 180 degrees out of phase. The source resonator has a resonant frequency

The first terminal and the second terminal are directly connected to the generator, and the resonance frequency (

). ≪ / RTI > The center terminal is connected to an electrical ground. The source resonator has a resonance frequency (

The first terminal and the second terminal are directly connected to the generator, and the resonance frequency

Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 > a < / RTI > The system includes a plurality of capacitors connected to a generator and a load. The source resonator and the second resonator are each surrounded by a low loss tangent material. The system further includes a power conversion circuit, wherein the second resonator is coupled to the power conversion circuit to deliver DC power to the load. The system further includes a power conversion circuit, wherein the second resonator is coupled to the power conversion circuit to deliver AC power to the load. The system further includes a power conversion circuit wherein the second resonator is coupled to the power conversion circuit to deliver both AC power and DC power to the load. The system

Further comprising a power conversion circuit and a plurality of loads, wherein the second resonator is connected to a power conversion circuit, and the power conversion circuit is connected to a plurality of loads. The impedance matching network includes a capacitor. The impedance matching network includes an inductor.

Throughout this application, certain circuit components (e.g., capacitors, inductors, resistors, diodes, switches, etc.) may be referred to as circuit components (or elements). Also, serial and parallel combinations of these components can be referred to as elements, networks, topologies, circuits, and the like. A combination of a capacitor, a diode, a varactor, a transistor and / or a switch can be described as an adjustable impedance network, a tuning network, a matching network, an adjustment element, and the like. It can also be referred to as a "self-resonant" body of an object that has both an inductance and a capacitance that is distributed over the entire body (or is partially distributed, as opposed to fully lumped). Those skilled in the art will be able to adjust the performance of a circuit or network by adjusting and controlling various components within a circuit or network and generally these adjustments are referred to as tuning, adjusting, matching, correcting, You will know that you can. Other methods of tuning or adjusting the operating point of the wireless power delivery system can be used alone or in addition to tuning the tunable elements (e.g., inductors and capacitors, or banks of inductors and capacitors).

Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. The publications, patent applications, patents and other reference citations referred to herein by reference and the conflicts with the present specification, including definitions, will be negotiated.

Any of the above-described features may be used alone or in combination without departing from the scope of the present invention. Other features, objects, and advantages of the systems and methods disclosed herein will become apparent from the following detailed description and drawings.

)에 대한 효율성(h)의 플롯을 도시하는 도면.
도 6(a)는 공진자의 일 실시예의 회로도를 도시하며, 6(b)는 용량적으로 로딩된 인덕터 루프 자기 공진자의 일 실시예를 도시하고, 6(c)는 분포된 커패시턴스와 인덕턴스를 갖는 자체-공진 코일을 도시하며, 6(d)는 본 발명의 예시적인 자기 공진자와 연계된 자기장 및 자기장의 단순화된 도면을 도시하고, 6(e)는 전기식 공진자의 일 실시예를 도시한다.
도 7은 MHZ 주파수에서 무선 전력 전달에 대해 사용될 수 있는 예시적인 공진자의, 주파수의 함수로서, "퀄리티 팩터"(Q)(실선)의 플롯을 도시하며, 흡수성(Q)(점선)은 주파수에 따라 증가하는 반면 복사성(Q)(점선)은 주파수에 따라 감소되며, 이에 따라 전체(Q)는 특정 주파수에서 최고를 이룬다.
도 8은 특정의 크기, 두께 및 폭을 갖는 공진자 구조물을 도시하는 도면.
도 9(a) 및 도 9(b)는 예시적인 유도 루프 요소를 도시하는 도면.
도 10(a) 및 도 10(b)는 자기 공진자 구조물 내에 유한 요소를 구현하는데 이용되고, 인쇄회로기판 상에 형성된 트레이스 구조물의 2가지의 실시예를 도시하는 도면.
도 11(a)는 평면형 자기 공진자의 사시도이며, (b)는 다양한 기하학적 형상을 갖는 2개의 평면형 공진자의 사시도이고, (c)는 거리(D)로 이격된 2개의 평면형 자기 공진자의 사시도.
도 12는 평면형 자기 공진자의 실시예의 사시도.
도 13은 원형 공진자 코일을 갖는 평면형 자기 공진자 배열의 사시도.
도 14는 평면형 자기 공진자의 활성 영역의 사시도.
도 15는 테이블의 중심에서 소스가 소스 주위에 배치된 몇몇의 장치에 전력을 공급하며, 무선 전력 전달 시스템의 응용예를 도시하는 사시도.
도 16(a)는 중심에서 초크 부분 주위에 전류의 스퀘어 루프에 의해 구동되는 자기 재료 구조물과 구리의 3D 유한 요소 모델을 도시한다. 이 실시예에서, 구조물은 자기 재료의 층에 의해 덮여지고 자기 재료의 블록에 의해 연결된 구리와 같은 전도 재료로 제조된 2개의 박스를 포함할 수 있다. 이 실시예에서 2개의 전도 박스의 내측은 박스 외측에 생성된 AC 전자기 필드로부터 보호되고, AC 전자기 필드에 의해 부정적인 영향이 미칠 수 있는 공진자 또는 감응성 부품의 Q를 낮출 수 있는 손실 대상물을 수용할 수 있다. 또한, 자기 재료 내에 낮은 자기저항 경로를 수반하는 자기장 선을 유도하고, 이 구조물에 의해 생성된 산출된 자기장 유선이 도시된다. 도 16(b)는 산출된 자기장 유선에 의해 지시된 바와 같이 (a)에 도시된 2개의 동일한 구조물들 사이의 상호작용을 도시한다. 대칭으로 인해 산정된 복잡성이 감소됨에 따라, 시스템의 단지 절반만이 모델링된다(그러나 산정은 그 외의 다른 절반의 대칭 배열을 가정한다).
도 17은 투자성 재료를 가능한 포함하는, 구조물 주위에서 N회 감겨진 전도성 와이어를 포함하는 자기 공진자의 등가 회로를 도시한다. 자기 재료를 포함한 구조물 주위에 감겨진 전도성 루프를 이용하여 유도되고, 저항기는 시스템 내에서 손실 메커니즘을 나타낸다(R_와이어는 루프 내의 저항 손실이며, R_μ는 루프에 의해 둘러싸인 구조물의 등가 시리즈 저항을 나타낸다). 손실은 하이-Q 공진자를 구현함으로써 최소화될 수 있다.
도 18은 6.78 MHz 주파수의 외부 자기장에서 손실 유전성 재료로 구성된 디스크 아래와 위에 있는 2개의 고전도성 표면의 유한요소법(Finite Element Method )(FEM)를 도시한다. 자기장은 디스크와 전도 재료가 시뮬레이팅된 환경에 유입되기 전 균일하였다. 이 시뮬레이션은 원통 좌표계에서 수행되었다. 이미지는 r= 0 축 주위에서 방위적으로 대칭을 이룬다. 손실 유전성 디스크는

과

을 갖는다.
도 19는 손실 대상물이 이의 주변에서 고 전도성 표면에 의해 완전히 덮인 상태에서 자기 공진자를 도시하는 도면.
도 20은 손실 대상물이 이의 주변에서 고 전도성 표면에 의해 부분적으로 덮인 상태에서 자기 공진자를 도시하는 도면.
도 21은 손실 대상물이 이의 주변에서 고 전도성 표면의 상측에 배열되는 상태에서 자기 공진자를 도시하는 도면.
도 22는 완전한 무선 프로젝터를 도시하는 도면.
도 23은 루프 인덕터의 축을 따라서 그리고 원형 루프 인덕터의 직경을 포함한 선을 따라 전기장과 자기장의 세기를 도시하는 도면.
도 24는 가능한 공진자 구조물로부터 떨어진 인클로저의 코너(a)에 또는 자기 공진자 내에서 유도 요소에 의해 둘러싸인 표면의 중심(b)에 위치되며, 자기 공진자 및 이의 인클로저를 도시하는 도면.
도 25는 공진자의 주변으로 보내질 수 있지만 고-전도성 시트 위로 보내질 수 있는 순실 대상물과 고전도성 표면을 갖는 자기 공진자를 도시하는 도면.
도 26(a)는 z-축을 따라 초기에 균일하고 외부에 가해진 자기장(그레이 자속선)에 노출된 얇은 전도성(구리) 실린더 또는 디스크(20 cm의 직경과 2cm의 높이)의 축방향 대칭 FEM 시뮬레이션을 도시한다. 대칭축은 r=0이다. 자기 유선은 z= -∞에서 기인된 것으로 도시되며, 여기서 자기 유선은 1cm의 간격으로 r=3 cm로부터 r=10 cm까지 이격된다. 축의 눈금은 미터이다. 도 26(b)는 변형되어진 전도성 실린더가 이의 외측 표면에서

과 자기 재료(도시되지 않음)의 0.25 mm층을 포함하는 것을 제외하고 (a)에서 동일한 구조물과 외부에 가해진 장을 도시한다. 자기 유선은 (a)에서보다 상당히 덜 실린더로부터 편향된다.
도 27은 도 16에 도시된 시스템에 기초한 변형예의 축-대칭 도면을 도시한다. 손실 재료의 단지 한 표면이 구리 및 자기 재료의 층 구조물에 의해 덮여진다. 이 인덕터 루프는 도시된 바와 같이 손실 재료에 마주보는 구리 및 자기 재료 구조물의 측면에 배치된다.
도 28(a)은 하이-Q 유도 요소에 대한 간접 커플링을 포함하는 매칭 회로의 통상적 토폴로지를 도시한다.
도 28(b)은 전도체 루프 인덕터와 조절가능한 임피던스 네트워크를 포함한 자기 공진자의 블록 다이어그램을 도시한다. 이 공진자에 대한 물리적 전기 연결부가 터미널 연결부로 만들어질 수 있다.
도 28(c)은 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접적으로 결합된 매칭 회로의 통상적인 토폴로지를 도시한다.
도 28(d)는 비대칭적으로 구동되고 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 대칭 매칭 회로의 통상적인 토폴로지를 도시한다.
도 29(a) 및 도 29(b)는 하이-Q 유도 요소에 트랜스포머-결합된(즉 간접적으로 또는 유도적으로) 매칭 회로의 2가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다. (c)에서 스미스 차트의 강조 부분은

인 경우 도 31(b)의 토폴로지에 의해 임의의 실제 임피던스(Z₀)에 매칭될 수 있는 복합 임피던스(유도 요소의 L과 R로부터 기인됨)를 나타낸다.
도 30(a),(b),(c),(d),(e),(f)는 Z₀로 직렬구성된 캐패시터를 포함하고, 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 매칭 회로의 6가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다. 도 30(a),(b),(c)는 입력 터미널에서 공동-모드 신호로 구동되는 반면 도 30(d),(e),(f)에 도시된 토폴로지는 대칭이고 밸런스 드라이브(balanced drive)를 수신한다. 도 30(g)에서 스미스 차트의 강조 부분은 이러한 토폴로지에 의해 매칭될 수 있는 복합 임피던스들을 나타낸다. 도 30(h),(i),(j),(k),(l),(m)는 Z₀로 직렬구성된 캐패시터를 포함하고, 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 매칭 회로의 6가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다.
도 31(a),(b),(c)는 Z₀로 직렬구성된 캐패시터를 포함하고, 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 매칭 회로의 3가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다. 이러한 토폴로지들은 언밸런스 드라이브를 수신하고, 캐패시터의 중심 부분에서 지면에 연결된다. 도 31(d)는 이 토폴로지에 의해 매칭될 수 있는 복합 임피던스를 나타낸다. 도 31(e),(f),(g)는 Z₀로 직렬구성된 캐패시터를 포함하고, 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 매칭 회로의 3가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다.
도 32(a),(b),(c)는 Z₀로 직렬구성된 캐패시터를 포함하고, 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 매칭 회로의 3가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다. 이러한 토폴로지들은 언밸런스 드라이브를 수신하고, 인덕터 루프의 중심에서 탭핑에 의해 지면에 연결된다. 도 32(d)에서 스미스 차트의 강조 부분은 이 토폴로지에 의해 매칭될 수 있는 복합 임피던스를 나타내고, 도 32(e),(f),(g)는 Z₀로 직렬구성된 인덕터를 포함하고, 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 매칭 회로의 3가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다.
도 33(a),(b),(c),(d),(e),(f)는 Z₀로 병렬구성된 캐패시터를 포함하고, 고-(a),(b),(c),(d),(e),(f)는 Z₀로 직렬구성된 캐패시터를 포함하고, 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 매칭 회로의 6가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다. 도 33(a),(b),(c)에 도시된 토폴로지는 입력 터미널에서 공동-모드 신호로 구동되는 반면 도 33(d),(e),(f)에 도시된 토폴로지는 대칭이고 밸런스 드라이브를 수신한다. 도 33(g)에서 스미스 차트의 강조 부분은 이러한 토폴로지에 의해 매칭될 수 있는 복합 임피던스들을 나타낸다. 도 33(h),(i),(j),(k),(l),(m)는 Z₀로 병렬구성된 인덕터를 포함하고, 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 매칭 회로의 6가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다.
도 32(a),(b),(c)는 Z₀로 병렬구성된 캐패시터를 포함하고, 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 매칭 회로의 3가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다. 이러한 토폴로지들은 언밸런스 드라이브를 수신하고, 캐패시터의 중심에서 지면에 연결된다. 도 32(d)에서 스미스 차트의 강조 부분은 이 토폴로지에 의해 매칭될 수 있는 복합 임피던스를 나타낸다. 도 34(e),(f),(g)는 Z₀로 직렬구성된 인덕터를 포함하고, 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 매칭 회로의 3가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다.
도 35(a),(b),(c)는 Z₀로 병렬구성된 캐패시터를 포함하고, 하이-Q 유도 요소에 직접 결합된 매칭 회로의 3가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다. 이러한 토폴로지들은 언밸런스 드라이브를 수신하고, 인덕터 루프의 중심에서 탭핑에 의해 지면에 연결된다. 도 35(d),(e),(f)에서 스미스 차트의 강조 부분은 이 토폴로지에 의해 매칭될 수 있는 복합 임피던스를 나타낸다.
도 36(a),(b),(c),(d)는 가변 캐패시터 상에서 전압이 다소 감소되고, 비교적 미세한 튜닝 레졸류션을 갖는 전체적인 가변 캐패시턴스를 생성하도록 설계된 고정식 및 가변식 캐패시터의 네트워크의 4가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다.
도 37(a) 및 도 37(b)는 전체적인 가변 캐패시턴스를 생성하도록 설계된 가변식 인덕터와 고정식 캐패시터의 네트워크의 2가지의 토폴로지를 도시한다.
도 38은 무선 전력 전달 시스템의 블록 다이어그램.
도 39는 예시적인 무선 전력 전달 시스템의 블록 다이어그램.
도 40은 예시적인 무선 전력 전달 시스템의 소스의 블록 다이어그램.
도 41은 자기 공진자의 등가 회로도를 도시한다. 캐패시터 심폴을 통한 슬래시(slash)는 고정식이거나 또는 가변식일 수 있는 대표적인 캐패시터를 나타낸다. 포트 파라미터 측정 회로는 신호의 크기와 위상을 측정할 수 있고, 특정의 전기적 신호를 측정하도록 구성될 수 있다.
도 42는 조절가능한 임피던스 네트워크가 전압 제어식 캐패시터로 구현되는 자기 공진자의 회로도를 도시한다. 이러한 설비는 프로그램가능하거나 또는 제어가능한 전압원 및/또는 컴퓨터 프로세서를 포함한 전기 회로에 의해 조절, 조정 또는 제어가능하다. 전압 제어식 캐패시터는 측정 분석 및 제어 알고리즘과 하드웨어에 의해 프로세싱되고, 포트 파라미터 측정 회로에 의해 측정된 데이터에 응답하여 조절될 수 있다. 전압 제어식 캐패시터는 캐패시터의 스위치 뱅크(switched bank)일 수 있다.
도 43은 단부-대-단부 무선 전력 전달 시스템(end-to-end wireless power transmission system)을 도시한다. 이 실시예에서, 소스와 장치 모두는 포트 측정 회로와 프로세서를 포함한다. "커플러/스위치"가 라벨링된 박스는 포트 측정 회로가 방향성 커플러 또는 스위치에 의해 공진자에 연결될 수 있음을 의미하며, 이에 따라 전력 전달 기능과 부합하여 또는 이와는 개별적으로 소스 및 장치 공진자의 측정, 조절 및 제어가 가능하다.
도 44는 단부-대-단부 무선 전력 전달 시스템을 도시한다. 이 실시예에서, 단지 소스만이 포트 측정 회로와 프로세서를 포함한다. 이 경우, 장치 공진자 작동 특성들은 고정될 수 있거나 또는 프로세서에 의해 생성된 신호를 제어할 필요 없이 아날로그 제어 회로에 의해 조절될 수 있다.
도 45는 단부-대-단부 무선 전력 전달 시스템을 도시한다. 이 실시예에서, 소스와 장치 모두는 포트 측정 회로를 포함하지만 단지 소스만이 프로세서를 포함한다. 이 장치로부터의 데이터는 무선 통신 채널을 통해 전송되며, 상기 무선 통신 채널은 개별 안테나, 또는 소스 드라이브 신호의 일부 변조를 통해 이용될 수 있다.
도 46은 단부-대-단부 무선 전력 전달 시스템을 도시한다. 이 실시예에서, 단지 소스만이 포트 측정회로와 프로세서를 포함한다. 이 장치로부터의 데이터는 무선 통신 채널을 통해 전송되며, 상기 무선 통신 채널은 개별 안테나, 또는 소스 드라이브 신호의 일부 변조를 통해 수행될 수 있다.
도 47은 결합식 자기 공진자를 도시하며, 상기 공진자의 주파수와 임피던스는 프로세서 또는 컴퓨터를 사용하여 수행되는 알고리즘을 이용하여 자동적으로 조절될 수 있다.
도 48은 버랙터 어레이를 도시한다.
도 49는 소스에 의해 무선 전력공급되거나 또는 충전되는 장치(랩톱 컴퓨터)를 도시하며, 소스와 장치 공진자는 물리적으로 분리되지만 소스와 장치에 전기적으로 연결된다.
도 50(a)은 무선 전력공급식 또는 충전식 랩톱 응용예를 도시하며, 여기서 장치 공진자는 랩톱 케이스 내에 있으며, 보이지 않는다.
도 50(b)는 무선 전력공급식 또는 충전식 랩톱 응용예를 도시하며, 여기서 공진자는 랩톱 베이스 아래에 있으며, 전기 케이블에 의해 랩톱 파워 인풋에 전기적으로 연결된다.
도 50(c)은 무선 전력공급식 또는 충전식 랩톱 응용예를 도시하며, 여기서 공진자는 랩톱 베이스에 부착된다.
도 50(d)는 무선 전력공급식 또는 충전식 랩톱 응용예를 도시하며, 여기서 공진자는 랩톱 디스플레이에 부착된다.
도 51은 무선 전력 전달 시의 루프탑 PV를 도시하는 도면. 1 (a) and 1 (b) illustrate an exemplary wireless power system including a source resonator 1 and a device resonator 2 spaced by a distance D. FIG.
Fig. 2 shows an exemplary resonator labeled according to the labeling conventions disclosed herein, wherein there is no heterogeneous object or additional resonator in the periphery of the resonator 1. Fig.
Figure 3 illustrates an exemplary resonator with a "loading" object labeled according to the labeling conventions disclosed herein.
Figure 4 illustrates an exemplary resonator with a "perturbing" object labeled according to the labeling conventions disclosed herein.
FIG. 5 is a graph showing a strong coupling factor

( H ) < / RTI >
6 (a) shows a circuit diagram of one embodiment of a resonator, 6 (b) shows an embodiment of a capacitively loaded inductor loop self-resonator, 6 (c) shows a circuit with distributed capacitance and inductance 6 (d) shows a simplified view of the magnetic field and magnetic field associated with the exemplary self-resonator of the present invention, and 6 (e) shows one embodiment of an electrical resonator.
Figure 7 shows a plot of a "quality factor" Q (solid line) as a function of frequency of an exemplary resonator that can be used for wireless power transfer at the MHZ frequency and absorbance Q (dotted line) ( Q ) (dotted line) decreases with frequency, so that the total (Q) is highest at a certain frequency.
Figure 8 shows a resonator structure having a particular size, thickness and width;
Figures 9 (a) and 9 (b) illustrate exemplary induction loop elements.
Figures 10 (a) and 10 (b) illustrate two embodiments of a trace structure used to implement a finite element in a self-resonator structure and formed on a printed circuit board.
Fig. 11 (a) is a perspective view of a planar type self-resonator, Fig. 11 (b) is a perspective view of two planar resonators having various geometrical shapes, and Fig. 11 (c) is a perspective view of two planar type self-
12 is a perspective view of an embodiment of a planar magnetic resonator.
13 is a perspective view of a planar magnetic resonator array having a circular resonator coil;
14 is a perspective view of an active region of a planar self-resonator.
15 is a perspective view illustrating an application of a wireless power delivery system, with a source at the center of the table providing power to some devices disposed around the source;
16 (a) shows a 3D finite element model of copper and a magnetic material structure driven by a square loop of current around the choke portion at the center. In this embodiment, the structure may include two boxes made of a conductive material, such as copper, covered by a layer of magnetic material and connected by a block of magnetic material. In this embodiment, the inside of the two conduction boxes is protected from the AC electromagnetic field created outside the box and accommodates the lossy object, which can lower the Q of the resonator or sensitive component, which can be negatively affected by the AC electromagnetic field . In addition, the calculated magnetic field lines generated by this structure are shown, leading to magnetic field lines with a low magnetoresistive path in the magnetic material. Figure 16 (b) shows the interaction between two identical structures shown in (a) as indicated by the calculated magnetic field stream. As the complexity estimated by the symmetry is reduced, only half of the system is modeled (but assuming a symmetrical arrangement of the other half).
Figure 17 shows an equivalent circuit of a magnetic resonator comprising a conductive wire wound around the structure N times, possibly including an investment material. Is induced using a conductive loop wrapped around the structure containing the magnetic material, and the resistors exhibit a loss mechanism in the system (R _wire is the resistance loss in the loop and R _mu represents the equivalent series resistance of the structure surrounded by the loop ). The loss can be minimized by implementing a high-Q resonator.
Figure 18 shows the Finite Element Method (FEM) of two highly conductive surfaces below and above a disk made of a lossy dielectric material in an external magnetic field at a frequency of 6.78 MHz. The magnetic field was uniform before the disk and conductive material were introduced into the simulated environment. This simulation was performed in a cylindrical coordinate system. The image is oriented symmetrically around the r = 0 axis. Lossy dielectric disks

and

Respectively.
19 is a view showing a self-resonator in a state where a loss object is completely covered by a highly conductive surface in the vicinity thereof;
Figure 20 shows a self-resonator in a state in which a lossy object is partially covered by a highly conductive surface in the vicinity thereof.
21 shows a self-resonator in a state in which a lossy object is arranged on the high-conductivity surface in the vicinity thereof;
Fig. 22 shows a complete wireless projector; Fig.
Figure 23 illustrates the strength of an electric field and a magnetic field along the axis of the loop inductor and along a line including the diameter of the circular loop inductor.
Fig. 24 is a view showing a self-resonator and its enclosure, which is located at the corner a of the enclosure away from the possible resonator structure or in the center b of the surface surrounded by the inductive element in the self-resonator;
25 illustrates a self-resonator having a non-conductive object and a non-conductive object that can be routed to the periphery of the resonator but can be routed over the high-conductivity sheet.
Figure 26 (a) shows an axially symmetric FEM simulation of a thin conductive (copper) cylinder or disc (20 cm diameter and 2 cm height) initially exposed to a uniform, externally applied magnetic field (gray flux line) along the z- Lt; / RTI > The symmetry axis is r = 0. The magnetic line is shown as originating from z = -∞ where the magnetic lines are spaced from r = 3 cm to r = 10 cm in 1 cm spacing. The axis scale is in meters. Fig. 26 (b) shows the deformed conductive cylinder at its outer surface

And a 0.25 mm layer of a magnetic material (not shown). The magnetic line is deflected from the cylinder considerably less than in (a).
Figure 27 shows an axis-symmetrical view of a variant based on the system shown in Figure 16; Only one surface of the lossy material is covered by a layered structure of copper and magnetic material. The inductor loop is disposed on the sides of the copper and magnetic material structures facing the loss material as shown.
Fig. 28 (a) Lt; / RTI > illustrates a typical topology of a matching circuit including indirect coupling to an inductive element.
Figure 28 (b) shows a block diagram of a self-resonator including a conductor loop inductor and an adjustable impedance network. The physical electrical connection for this resonator can be made as a terminal connection.
Fig. 28 (c) And shows the typical topology of the matching circuit directly coupled to the inductive element.
28 (d) is asymmetrically driven and high-Q Shows a typical topology of a symmetric matching circuit directly coupled to an inductive element.
29 (a) and 29 (b) show high-Q Figure 2 illustrates two topologies of a transformer-coupled (i.e., indirectly or inductively) matching circuit to the inductive element. (c) the emphasis of the Smith chart is

(Derived from L and R of the inductive element) that can be matched to any real impedance Z _o by the topology of Fig. 31 (b).
Figures 30 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) show capacitors in series with Z ₀ , 6 shows the topology of the matching circuit directly coupled to the inductive element. 30 (a), 30 (b), and 30 (c) are driven with a common-mode signal at the input terminal while the topology shown in FIGS. 30 (d) ). The highlighted portion of the Smith chart in Figure 30 (g) represents the complex impedances that can be matched by this topology. Figure 30 (h), (i) , (j), (k), (l), (m) , 6 pieces of the series to a capacitor consisting of Z _0, and a direct bond to the high -Q induction element matching circuit Lt; / RTI >
Figure 31 (a), (b) , (c) shows three of the topology of a capacitor composed of a serial to Z _0, and a direct bond to the high -Q induction element matching circuit. These topologies receive an unbalanced drive and are connected to the ground at the center of the capacitor. Fig. 31 (d) shows the complex impedance that can be matched by this topology. Figure 31 (e), (f) , (g) shows three of the topology of a capacitor composed of a serial to Z _0, and a direct bond to the high -Q induction element matching circuit.
32 (a), 32 (b), and 32 (c) illustrate capacitors configured in series with Z ₀ , And three matching circuits directly coupled to the inductive element. These topologies receive an unbalanced drive and are connected to ground by tapping at the center of the inductor loop. (E), (f), and (g) show the inductors configured in series with Z ₀ , and the high impedance of the high -Q And three matching circuits directly coupled to the inductive element.
Figure 33 (a), (b) , (c), (d), (e), (f) is a capacitor configured parallel to the Z _0, and that - (a), (b) , (c), (d), (e), and (f) include capacitors configured in series with Z ₀ , and High-Q 6 shows the topology of the matching circuit directly coupled to the inductive element. The topology shown in Figures 33 (a), (b), and (c) is driven with a common-mode signal at the input terminal while the topology shown in Figures 33 (d) Receive the drive. The highlighted portion of the Smith chart in Figure 33 (g) shows the complex impedances that can be matched by this topology. Figures 33 (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), and (m) show inductors constructed in parallel with Z ₀ , and six of the matching circuits directly coupled to the high- Lt; / RTI >
32 (a), 32 (b) and 32 (c) show capacitors arranged in parallel with Z ₀ , and High-Q And three matching circuits directly coupled to the inductive element. These topologies receive an unbalanced drive and are connected to the ground at the center of the capacitor. The highlighted portion of the Smith chart in Figure 32 (d) represents the complex impedance that can be matched by this topology. 34 (e), (f), and (g) show inductors configured in series with Z ₀ , and High-Q And three matching circuits directly coupled to the inductive element.
Figures 35 (a), (b), and (c) show capacitors configured in parallel with Z ₀ , and High-Q And three matching circuits directly coupled to the inductive element. These topologies receive an unbalanced drive and are connected to ground by tapping at the center of the inductor loop. 35 (d), (e), and (f) show the complex impedance that can be matched by this topology.
Figures 36 (a), 36 (b), 36 (c) and 36 (d) illustrate a network of fixed and variable capacitors designed to produce an overall variable capacitance with a somewhat reduced voltage on the variable capacitor and a relatively fine tuning resolution. The topology of the branch is shown.
Figures 37 (a) and 37 (b) show two topologies of networks of variable inductors and fixed capacitors designed to produce overall variable capacitance.
38 is a block diagram of a wireless power delivery system.
39 is a block diagram of an exemplary wireless power delivery system.
40 is a block diagram of a source of an exemplary wireless power delivery system.
41 shows an equivalent circuit diagram of a self-resonator. The slash through the capacitor symmetry represents a representative capacitor that may be fixed or variable. The port parameter measurement circuit can measure the magnitude and phase of the signal and can be configured to measure a specific electrical signal.
Figure 42 shows a circuit diagram of a self-resonator in which an adjustable impedance network is implemented with a voltage controlled capacitor. Such equipment is adjustable, adjustable or controllable by a programmable or controllable voltage source and / or electrical circuitry including a computer processor. The voltage controlled capacitors are processed by measurement analysis and control algorithms and hardware and can be adjusted in response to the data measured by the port parameter measurement circuit. The voltage controlled capacitor may be a switched bank of capacitors.
Figure 43 shows an end-to-end wireless power transmission system. In this embodiment, both the source and the device include a port measurement circuit and a processor. The box labeled "coupler / switch" means that the port measurement circuit can be connected to the resonator by way of a directional coupler or switch, so that the measurement and regulation of the source and device resonators, And control are possible.
Figure 44 illustrates an end-to-end wireless power delivery system. In this embodiment, only the source includes the port measurement circuit and the processor. In this case, the device resonator operating characteristics can be fixed or can be adjusted by the analog control circuit without having to control the signal generated by the processor.
Figure 45 illustrates an end-to-end wireless power delivery system. In this embodiment, both the source and the device include a port measurement circuit, but only the source includes the processor. The data from the device is transmitted over a wireless communication channel, which may be used through an individual antenna, or through some modulation of the source drive signal.
Figure 46 illustrates an end-to-end wireless power delivery system. In this embodiment, only the source includes the port measurement circuit and the processor. The data from the device is transmitted over a wireless communication channel, which may be performed through individual antennas, or some modulation of the source drive signal.
Figure 47 illustrates a coupled self-resonator, wherein the frequency and impedance of the resonator can be automatically adjusted using an algorithm performed using a processor or a computer.
Figure 48 shows a varactor array.
Figure 49 shows a device (laptop computer) that is wirelessly powered or charged by a source, wherein the source and device resonators are physically separate but electrically connected to the source and the device.
50 (a) shows an example of a wireless powered or rechargeable laptop application, wherein the device resonator is in a laptop case and is invisible.
50 (b) shows a wireless powered or rechargeable laptop application where the resonator is below the laptop base and electrically connected to the laptop power input by an electrical cable.
50 (c) shows a wireless powered or rechargeable laptop application where the resonator is attached to the laptop base.
50 (d) shows a wireless powered or rechargeable laptop application, where the resonator is attached to a laptop display.
51 is a diagram illustrating a loop top PV during wireless power transmission;

As described above, the present invention relates to a combined electromagnetic resonator according to a long-lasting vibration resonance mode capable of transferring power wirelessly from a power supply to a power drain. However, this technique is not limited to electromagnetic resonators, but is conventional and can be applied to various resonators and resonant objects. Accordingly, the prior art will first be described and then an electromagnetic embodiment for wireless energy transfer will be disclosed.

The resonator can be defined as a system capable of storing energy in at least two forms, and the stored energy oscillates between the two forms. The resonance has a specific oscillation mode with a resonant (modal) frequency f and a resonant (modal) field. The angular resonance frequency ω can be defined as ω = 2πf and the resonant wavelength λ can be defined as λ = c / f where c is the luminous flux and the resonant period T is defined as T = 1 / f = 2π / . If there is no mechanism loss, no coupling mechanism or no external energy supply or drain mechanism, the total energy W stored in the resonator will stay at a fixed value, both types of energy will oscillate, One is the minimum value, and one is the minimum value, the other will have the maximum value.

When there is no material or object from the outside, the energy of the resonator 102 shown in Fig. 1 may be collapsed or lost due to a genuine loss. The resonator field follows the following linear equation.

The variable a (t) is the resonant field amplitude, and the energy contained in the resonator is | a (t) | ^{2 &} lt; / RTI > Is the intrinsic energy collapse or loss rate (e.g., due to absorption and radiation losses).

에서 에너지를 손실하기 때문에, 진성 Q라고도 불리는 그 퀄리티 팩터 Q는

로 주어진다. 퀄리티 팩터는 e의 팩터만큼 붕괴에 이르기까지 공진자의 에너지를 흡수하는 발진 주기 T의 수를 또한 나타내다. A quality factor or Q-factor, or Q, that characterizes energy collapse is inversely proportional to this energy loss. This can be defined as Q = ω * W / P , where P is the time-averaged power lost in steady state. That is, the resonator 102 having a high Q has a relatively low intrinsic loss and can store energy for a relatively long time. The resonator has its intrinsic rate of decay

, The quality factor Q, also referred to as the intrinsic Q,

. The quality factor also indicates the number of oscillation periods T that absorb the energy of the resonator up to decay as much as the factor of e.

As described above, the quality factor or Q of the resonator is defined by the quality factor due to the intrinsic loss mechanism only. Subscript indices such as Q ₁ denote the resonators referred to by Q (resonator 1 in this case). Fig. 2 shows an electromagnetic resonator 102 displayed according to this specification. In this figure, there are no external objects or additional resonators near the resonator 1.

The external object and / or additional resonators near the first resonator may be selected from the group consisting of a distance between a resonator and an object or between a resonator and another resonator, a material composition of an object or another resonator, a structure of the first resonator, , Etc., the first resonator is disturbed or loaded to disturb or load the Q of the first resonator. Unintentional external energy loss or a coupling mechanism for external materials and objects near the resonator can be said to "purturb" the Q of the resonator and can be indicated by subscripts in parentheses (). Intentional external energy losses associated with energy transmission to other resonators in the wireless energy transmission system and through connections to the generator and load can be referred to as "loading" Q of the resonator, Lt; / RTI >

Q as a power generator, g, or Q of the resonator 102, the load 302 is connected to the l may be referred to as "the loaded quality factor" or the "loaded Q", shown in Figure 3 _[g], Q _[l] . Generally, two or more generators or loads 302 may be connected to the resonator 102. However, we do not list these generators or loads separately, but instead refer to the equivalent circuit loading represented by the combination of generator and load using 'g' and 'l'. In the general description, we use the subscript '1' to refer to the generator or load connected to the resonator.

로 규정하고, 이때,

가 성립한다. 제너레이터 또는 부하의 로딩 Q가 클수록, 로딩된 Q인

가 작아서, 공진자의 언로딩된 Q로부터 벗어난다. In some of the explanations here, we consider the "loading quality factor" due to the power generator or load connected to the resonator

. At this time,

. The larger the loading Q of the generator or the load,

Is smaller than the unloaded Q of the resonator.

로 표시될 수 있다(도 4 참조). 일반적으로, 공진자(102)의 Q를 교란시키는 외부 물체들이 많이 존재할 수 있다. 예를 들어, p1, p2, 등으로 표시될 수 있고, 또는 한 세트의 외부 물체 {p}로 표시될 수 있다. 이렇나 경우에 교란된 Q는 Q_{(p1+ p2+... )} 또는 Q_({p})로 표시될 수 있다. 예를 들어, Q_{1(brick+wood)} 는 벽돌 한개, 목재 한조각이 존재할 때 무선 파워 교환 시스템에서 제 1 공진자의 교란되는 Q 팩터를 표시할 수 있고, Q_2(office)는 사무실 환경의 무선 파워 교환 시스템에서 제 2 공진자의 교란되는 Q 팩터를 표시할 수 있다. The Q of the resonator is called "disturbed Q" when there is an external object 402 p that is not intended to be part of the energy transfer system,

(See FIG. 4). In general, there may be many external objects that disturb Q of the resonator 102. For example, it may be denoted by p1, p2, etc., or may be denoted by a set of external objects {p}. In this case, the disturbed Q can be expressed as Q _{(p1 + p2 + ... )} or Q _({p}) . For example, Q _{1 (brick + wood)} can represent a disturbed Q factor of a first resonator in a wireless power switching system when a brick, a piece of wood is present, and Q _{2 (office)} And may indicate the disturbed Q factor of the second resonator in the switching system.

로 규정하고, 이때,

가 성립된다. 상술한 바와 같이, 교란 Q 팩터는 p1, p2, 등, 또는 한 세트의 외부 물체 {p}와 같은 복수의 외부 물체로 인한 것일 수 있다. 물체의 교란 Q,

가 클수록, 교란되는 Q, Q_(p)가 작아져서, 공진자의 교란되지 않은 Q로부터 벗어난다. In some of the explanations here, we have "disturb Q" due to the external object p

. At this time,

. As described above, the disturbance Q factor may be due to a plurality of external objects such as p1, p2, etc., or a set of external objects {p}. Disturbance of object Q,

The larger the Q, Q _(p) becomes small, and deviates from the unperturbed Q of the resonator.

를 규정하고, 이를 외부 물체가 존재할 때 공진자의 "퀄리티 팩터 무감도" 또는 "Q-무감도"라 부른다.

와 같은 첨자 인덱스는 교란된 그리고 교란되지 않은 퀄리티 팩터가 언급하고 있는 공진자를 표시한다. 즉,

가 성립한다. In some of the explanations here,

Quot; quality factor unacceptance "or" Q-unacceptance "of the resonator when an external object is present.

A subscript index such as < RTI ID = 0.0 > A < / RTI > represents the resonator referred to by the disturbed and undisturbed quality factor. In other words,

.

The factor Q may be referred to as "unstoppable" as needed to distinguish it from the disturbed factor Q _(p) and may be referred to as "unloaded" as needed to distinguish it from the loaded factor Q _[ . Likewise, the disturbed quality factor Q _[p] may be referred to as being "unloaded" for distinction from the loaded and disturbed factor Q _{(p) [l]} .

Connected Resonators

Resonators having substantially the same resonant frequency, connected through any portion in the near field, can interact and exchange energy. There are a variety of physical pictures and models that can be used to understand, design, optimize, and characterize these energy exchanges. One technique for describing and modeling energy exchange between two connected resonators is to use Coupled Mode Theory (CMT).

In connection mode theory, the resonator fields follow the following linear equations.

Here, the indices denote different resonators, and κ _mn denotes the coupling coefficient between the resonators. In a reciprocal system, the coupling coefficients follow the relation κ _mn = κ _nm . For purposes of this specification, the far field radiation interference effect will be ignored and therefore the coupling coefficients will be considered to be real. Moreover, since in all subsequent calculations of system performance herein coupling coefficients appear only as their squared values, we will use κ _mn to represent the absolute value of the real coupling factors.

에 의해 관련된다. 우리는 "강-결합 팩터" Umn을, 다음과 같이 공진자 m과 n 사이에서 결합 및 손실율의 비로 규정한다. From the above-described CMT, the coupling coefficient k _mn is the so-called coupling factor k _mn between the resonators m and n,

Lt; / RTI > We define the "strong-coupling factor" Umn as the ratio of coupling and loss ratios between resonators m and n as follows.

The Q factor of the resonator m in the presence of a similar frequency resonator n or additional resonators can be loaded by the resonator n or by additional resonators in a manner similar to that of the resonator loaded by the connected power generating or consuming device . The resonator m can be loaded by the resonator n and vice versa is a different technique in which the resonators are connected.

In this case, the loaded Q of the resonators can be denoted Q _{m [n]} and Q _{n [m]} . In the case of a plurality of resonators or loading sources or devices, the total loading of the resonators can be determined by modeling each load with a resistive loss and by adding the appropriate parallel and / or series combination to determine the total equivalent load.

으로 규정하며, 이때,

이 성립한다. 공진자 n은 공진자 m에 의해 또한 로딩되며, "로딩 Qn"은

으로 주어진다. In some of the explanations here, we assume the "loading Q" of resonator m due to resonator n

. In this case,

. The resonator n is also loaded by the resonator m, "loading Qn"

.

When one or more of the resonators is connected to a power generator or load, the set of linear equations is modified as follows.

및

으로 주어진다. 로딩 계수 κ_m은 공진자 m과 제너레이터, 또는 제너레이터에 연결된 부하 간에 에너지 교환 속도에 관련된다. Here, s _{+ m} (t) and s _-m (t) respectively represent the amplitude of the field from the generator to the resonator m and the amplitude of the field from the resonator m toward the generator or into the load, The power to carry

And

. The loading factor κ _m is related to the rate of energy exchange between the resonator m and the generator, or the load connected to the generator.

에 다음과 같이 관련된다. From the above-mentioned CMT, the loading coefficient k _m is calculated from the above-described loading quality factor

As follows.

We define the "steel-loading factor" as the ratio of the loading and loss ratio of the resonator m as:

이기 때문에,

에 대해 인덱스를 누락시키고 각각 κ, k, U로 표시할 수 있다. 1 (a) shows an example of two connected resonators 1000, in which the first resonator 102S is composed of a source resonator and the second resonator 102D is composed of a device resonator. The energy can be transmitted over a distance D between the resonators. The source resonator 102S may be driven by a power supply or a generator (not shown). A work can be extracted from the device resonator 102D by a power consumption drain or a load (e.g., a load resistance, not shown). We use a suffix d for the source, a subscript d for the device, g for the generator, and l for the load, where there are only two resonators in this example

Therefore,

Can be omitted and indexed by κ, k and U, respectively.

The power generator can continuously drive the source resonator at a constant driving frequency f corresponding to the driving angular frequency? (? = 2? F).

은 다음의 조건 하에서 최대화된다. 소스 공진 주파수, 장치 공진 주파수, 및 제너레이터 구동 주파수가 일치하여야 한다. 즉, In this case, the efficiency of power transfer from the generator (through the source and device resonators) to the load

Is maximized under the following conditions. The source resonance frequency, the device resonance frequency, and the generator driving frequency must match. In other words,

로 인한 소스 제너레이터의 로딩 Q, 즉,

는 장치 제너레이터 및 부하로 인한 소스 제너레이터의 로딩된 Q, 즉,

와 일치하여야 하고, 역으로, 부하로 인한 장치 공진자의 로딩 Q, 즉,

는 소스 제너레이터 및 제너레이터로 인한 장치 공진자의 로딩된 Q, 즉,

와 일치하여야 한다. 즉,Furthermore,

The loading Q of the source generator,

Is the loaded Q of the source generator due to the device generator and the load,

Conversely, the loading Q of the resonator due to the load, that is,

Gt; Q < / RTI > of the device resonator due to the source generator and the generator,

. In other words,

These equations can determine the optimal loading rate of the source resonator by the generator and the device resonator by the load as follows.

The above frequency matching and Q matching conditions are known as "impedance matching" in electrical engineering.

만의 단조롭게 증가하는 함수이고 도 5에 도시되는 바와 같이 다음과 같이 주어진다. Under the above conditions, the maximized efficiency depends on the strength-connection factor between the source and device resonators

As shown in FIG. 5, and is given as follows.

The coupling efficiency η is greater than 1% when U> 0.2, greater than 10% when U> 0.7, greater than 17% when U> 1, greater than 52% when U> 3, , Greater than 90% when U> 19, and greater than 95% when U> 45. In some applications, the operating range U > 1 may be referred to as the "strong-combining"

가 큰 것이 바람직할 경우, 하이-Q를 가진 공진자들이 사용될 수 있다. 각 공진자의 Q가 높을 수 있다. 공진자 Q의 기하 평균

역시 높을 수 있고, 또는, 기하 평균값만이 높을 수도 있다. Under certain circumstances

Resonator with high-Q can be used. Q of each resonator may be high. The geometric mean of the resonator Q

May also be high, or only the geometric mean value may be high.

는 공진 주파수들의 강-함수다. 공진자들의 공진 주파수는 낮은 Γ를 얻는 것에 비해 높은 Q를 얻도록 선택되는 것이 바람직하다. 왜냐하면, 이 두가지 목표가 개별적인 두개의 공진 주파수 영역에서 얻을 수 있기 때문이다. The coupling factor k is a value in the range 0 <= k <= 1, independent of the resonant frequency of the source and device resonators, and can be determined primarily by the physical decay law of the field and its relative geometry to adjust its coupling. Alternatively, the coupling coefficient

Is a strong-function of the resonant frequencies. The resonant frequencies of the resonators are preferably selected to obtain a high Q compared to obtaining a low Γ. This is because these two targets can be obtained in two separate resonance frequency ranges.

일 때, 하이-Q 공진자의 시스템으로 불릴 수 있다. The high-Q resonator may be defined as a resonator with Q > 100. The two connected resonators can be referred to as the system of high-Q resonators, where Q of each resonator is greater than 100 and Q _s > 100 and Q _d > 100. In another embodiment, the two connected resonators are arranged such that when the geometric mean of the resonator Q is greater than 100,

, It can be called a system of high-Q resonators.

Resonators can be given a name or numbered. The resonators may be referred to as a source resonator, a device resonator, a first resonator, a second resonator, a repeater resonator, and the like. In Figure 1 and in many of the examples below, two resonators are shown, but other embodiments may include more than two resonators. For example, a single source resonator 102S can transmit energy to a plurality of device resonators 102D or a plurality of devices. Energy can be transferred from the first device to the second device, then from the second device to the third device, and so on. A plurality of sources may transmit energy to a single device or may be transmitted to a plurality of devices connected to a single device resonator or to a plurality of rules connected to a plurality of device resonators. The resonator 102 may alternatively or concurrently function as a source device or may be used to relay power from a source at one location to a device at another location. An intermediate electromagnetic resonator 102 may be used to extend the distance range of the wireless energy transmission system. A plurality of resonators 102 may be coupled to the data acquisition system to exchange energy for extended distances using a wide range of sources and devices. The high power levels can be separated between the plurality of sources 102S and transmitted to the plurality of devices and then recombined at the spaced apart locations.

역시 높을 수 있고, 또는 기하 평균만 높을 수도 있다. The analysis of single source and single device resonators may be extended to a plurality of source resonators and / or a plurality of device resonators and / or a plurality of intermediate resonators. In this analysis, the conclusion is that a large value of the strong-coupling factor U _mn between at least some or all of the plurality of resonators is preferred for high system efficiency of the wireless energy transfer. Also, implementations may utilize sources, devices, and intermediate resonators having a high Q. Q of each resonator may be high. The geometric mean of Q for resonator m and n pairs, where U _mn is preferably large,

It can also be high, or just geometric mean.

Since the strength-coupling factor of the two resonators can be determined by the relative magnitude of the loss mechanism of each resonator and the coupling mechanism between the two resonators, the strength of some or all of these mechanisms is such that the strength of some or all of these mechanisms, It can be disturbed in the presence of an external object.

By continuing the prescribed rules from the above paragraphs, we denote the coupling factor as k when there is no external object or substance. The coupling factor in the presence of the external object p is denoted k _(p) , which is called disturbed coupling factor or disturbed k. The coupling factor k may be referred to as "not disturbed" for distinction from the disturbed coupling factor k _(p) .

를 규정하고, 이를 외부 물체 p로 인한 "결합 팩터에 대한 교란" 또는 "k에 대한 교란"이라 부른다. We are

Quot; disturbance for coupling factor "or" disturbance for k due to external object p &quot;.

를 규정하고, 이를 "결합 팩터 무감도" 또는 "k-무감도"라 부른다.

와 같은 낮은 인덱스들은 교란된, 그리고 교란되지 않은 결합 팩터가 언급하는 공진자들을 표시한다. 즉,

We are

, Which is referred to as "coupling factor no-sensitivity" or "k-sensitivity.

&Lt; / RTI &gt; denote the resonators referred to by the disturbed and undisturbed coupling factor. In other words,

로 규정하고, "교란된 강-결합 팩터" 또는 "교란된 U"라 부른다. 강-결합 팩터 U는 교란된 강-결합 팩터 U_(p)와 구분을 위해 "교란되지 않은"이라 불릴 수 있다. 강-결합 팩터 U는 교란된 강-결합 팩터 U_(p)와 구분을 위해 "교란되지 않은"이라 불릴 수 있다. Similarly, we define U as a strong-coupling factor when no external object is present. We define the force-coupling factor in the presence of the external object p

Quot; disturbed steel-coupling factor "or" disturbed U &quot;. The strong-coupling factor U may be referred to as "unstoppable" for distinction from the disturbed strong-coupling factor U _(p) . The strong-coupling factor U may be referred to as "unstoppable" for distinction from the disturbed strong-coupling factor U _(p) .

를 규정하고, 외부 물체 p로 인한 "강-결합 팩터에 대한 교란", 또는 "U에 대한 교란"이라 부른다. We are

Quot; disturbance to the strong-coupling factor "due to the external object p, or" disturbance to U &quot;.

를 또한 규정하고, "강-결합 팩터 무감도" 또는 "U-무감도"라 부른다.

와 같은 낮은 인덱스들은 교란된 그리고 교란되지 않은 결합 팩터가 언급하는 공진자를 표시한다. 즉,

We are

Quot; strong-coupling factor unacceptance "or" U-insensitive &quot;.

Are indicative of the resonator referred to by the disturbed and undisturbed coupling factor. In other words,

The energy exchange efficiency in a perturbed system can be represented by the same formula that gives the efficiency of the unperturbed system, where all parameters such as the strong-coupling factor, the coupling factor, and the quality factor are the disturbed equal Parameter. For example, in a wireless energy transmission system that includes one source and one device resonator, the optimal efficiency can be calculated as follows.

Thus, in a wireless energy exchange system that is disturbed by an external object, the disturbed strong-coupling factor U _{mn (p), which} has a large value among at least some or all of the plurality of resonators, Lt; / RTI &gt; The source, device, and / or intermediate resonators may have a high Q _(p) .

Some external disturbances are harmful to disturbed strong-coupling factors (through large disturbances to coupling factors or quality factors). Thus, techniques may be used that reduce the effect of external disturbances on the system and keep the strong-coupling factor unacceptance at a large value.

Energy exchange efficiency

The so-called "useful" energy in useful energy exchange refers to the energy or power that must be delivered to the device to power or charge the device. The transmission efficiency corresponding to a useful energy exchange depends on the system or application. For example, high power vehicle charging applications that deliver kilowatt-class power can provide a useful amount of power to derive a useful energy exchange sufficient to recharge a vehicle battery without significantly heating the various components of the energy delivery system It is necessary to have an efficiency of at least 80% or more. In the case of some consumer electronic devices, useful energy exchanges include energy transfer efficiencies greater than 10%, or other quantities of energy transfer efficiency that are acceptable in allowing a rechargeable battery to be charged for a long time to run . For some wireless sensor applications, a transmission efficiency of less than 1% may be appropriate to power multiple low-output sensors from a single source located at a significant distance from the sensor. For other applications, it can be said that a wide range of delivery efficiencies are acceptable for useful energy exchange when wired power delivery is not feasible or practical, and that such applications provide useful power for the device. Generally, the working distance means the distance at which useful energy exchange takes place, or the distance at which a useful energy exchange can be maintained, in accordance with the principles described herein.

Useful energy exchanges for wireless energy delivery in feed or recharge applications can be efficient, very efficient, or sufficiently efficient as long as the wasted energy levels, heat dissipation, and associated field strength are within acceptable limits. The allowable limit may depend on the application, environment, and system location. Wireless energy transfer for application feeding or recharging can be efficient, very efficient, or efficient enough as long as the desired system performance can be obtained for reasonable cost limiting, weight limiting, size limitation, and the like. Efficient energy transfer can be determined relative to what can be achieved using conventional induction techniques rather than high-Q systems. The energy transfer is then defined to be efficient, very efficient, or sufficiently efficient when more energy is delivered than can be delivered by coil structures of similar size in a conventional induction technique for similar distances or alignment offsets .

Although certain frequency and Q matching conditions can optimize the efficiency of an energy delivery system, it is not necessary to exactly meet these conditions to obtain a sufficiently efficient energy transfer of a useful energy exchange. Efficient energy exchange, the relative offset is 1 / Q _{m (p)} of the resonant frequency, a little more than 1 / Q _{n (p),} and k _{mn (p),} can be realized. The Q-match condition may be less important than the frequency match condition for efficient energy exchange. The degree to which the strength-loading factor U _{m [l]} of the resonator due to the generator and / or the load is still far enough from the optimal value and still has a sufficiently efficient energy exchange is dependent on the particular system. Whether all or part of the generator and / or load is Q-mismatched, and so on.

Therefore, although the resonance frequencies of the resonators may not be exactly the same, they can be matched within the above tolerances. The strength-loading factors of at least a portion of the resonator due to the generator and / or the load may not exactly match their optimum values. The voltage level, current level, impedance value, material parameters, etc. may not be the exact values described in this disclosure, but they will be within acceptable tolerances of these values. System optimization can include considerations such as cost, size, weight, complexity, etc., in addition to consideration of efficiency, Q, frequency, robust-coupling factor, Some system design parameters, specifications, and designs may deviate from optimal values to optimize other system performance parameters, specifications, and designs.

In some applications, at least some of the system parameters may be subject to change, for example, because components such as sources or devices may be mobile or aged, or because loads may be variable, For example, due to the fact that they change. In this case, at least some of the system parameters need to be dynamically adjustable, i. E., Tunable, to obtain acceptable matching conditions. All system parameters may be dynamically tunable or tunable to obtain approximate optimal operating conditions. However, based on the above description, a sufficiently efficient energy exchange can be realized even though some system parameters are not variable. In some instances, at least some of the devices may not be dynamically adjustable. In some instances, at least some of the sources may not be dynamically adjusted. In some, none of the system parameters may be dynamically adjusted.

Electromagnetic Resonator

The resonator used for energy exchange may be an electromagnetic resonator. In this resonator, the intrinsic energy decay rate Γ _m is given by the absorption (or resistivity) loss and radiation loss of the resonator.

The resonator can be configured such that the energy stored by the electric field is mainly localized within the structure and the energy stored by the magnetic field is mainly arranged in the region surrounding the resonator. The energy exchange is then largely controlled by the resonant near-field. These types of resonators can be referred to as magnetic resonators.

The resonator may be configured such that the energy stored by the magnetic field is primarily localized within the structure and that the energy stored by the electric field is primarily arranged in the area surrounding the resonator. The energy exchange is then adjusted mainly by the resonant local electric field. These types of resonators can be referred to as electrical resonators.

The total electrical and magnetic energy stored by the resonator must be the same, but their local values may be slightly different. In some cases, at a distance from the resonator, the ratio of the average electric field energy to the average magnetic field energy can be used to characterize the resonator.

The electromagnetic resonator may comprise a combination of inductors with distributed inductance, or inductance L, capacitive elements, distributed capacitances, or a combination of capacitors with capacitances C, The minimum circuit model of the electromagnetic resonator 102 is shown in FIG. 6A. The resonator may include an inductive element 108 and a capacitive element 104. With the initial energy being provided, such as the electric field energy stored in the capacitor 104, the system will oscillate as the capacitor discharges energy to the magnetic field energy stored in the inductor 108, Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; stored &lt; / RTI &gt;

), 자기장과의 상호작용이 최소한에 불과하며, 이러한 상호작용은 자기장의 시변화로 인해 유도되는 에디 전류에 주로 기인하기 때문이다(이차적 효과). 이러한 특성은 안전 상의 이유로 중요하고, 시스템 성능을 변경시킬 수 있는 외부 환경 물체 및 물질과의 상호작용에 대한 가능성을 감소시키기에 또한 중요하다. The resonator 102 shown in Figs. 6B, 6C and 6D can be called a magnetic resonator. Magnetic resonators may be preferred for wireless energy transfer applications in dense environments. Because most of the daily materials, including animals, plants, and humans, are non-magnetic (i.e.,

), The interaction with the magnetic field is minimal, and this interaction is mainly due to the eddy current induced by the time-varying magnetic field (secondary effect). These properties are important for safety reasons and are also important to reduce the possibility of interaction with external environmental objects and materials that can alter system performance.

FIG. 6D schematically shows a part of the electric field and magnetic field lines associated with an exemplary magnetic resonator 102B. The magnetic resonator 102B may include a conductor loop acting as an inductive element 108 and a capacitive element 104 at the end of the conductor loop. This figure shows that most of the energy of the region surrounding the resonator is stored as a magnetic field and most of the energy of the resonator (between the capacitor plates) is stored as an electric field. Due to the fringing field, the free charge, and the time-varying magnetic field, some magnetic fields can be stored in the area around the resonator, but the magnetic resonator must have an electric field as close to the resonator as possible As shown in FIG.

The inductor 108 and capacitor 104 of the electromagnetic resonator 102 can be bulk circuit elements or they can appear from the way inductances and capacitances are distributed and conductors are formed, shaped, or arranged in the structure. For example, the inductor 108 can be realized by shaping the conductor so as to surround the surface area, as shown in Figs. 6B, 6C and 6D. This type of resonator 102 may be referred to as "capacitively loaded loop inductor ". We can display generally conductive structures (wires, tubes, strips, etc.) that surround the surface of any shape and size any number of times using the term "loop" or "coil" . 6B, the enclosed surface area is circular, but the surface can have any of a variety of shapes and sizes, and can be designed to achieve specific system performance specifications. As one example for indicating how the inductance is scaled according to the physical size, the inductance of a circular conductor of a predetermined length arranged to form a circular single-turn loop is approximately as follows.

는 자유 고안의 투자율이고, x는 둘러싸인 원형 표면적의 반경이며, a는 인덕터 루프를 형성하는 데 사용되는 전도체의 반경이다. 더욱 정확한 루프 인덕턴스 값은 해석학적으로 또는 수치적으로 연산될 수 있다. At this time,

Is the permeability of the free design, x is the radius of the enclosed circular surface area, and a is the radius of the conductor used to form the inductor loop. More accurate loop inductance values can be computed analytically or numerically.

The inductances of the other cross-sectional conductors arranged to form other enclosed surface shapes, areas, sizes, etc., and having any number of turns can be computed analytically or numerically, or can be determined through measurement. Indu Guns can be realized using inductor elements, distributed inductances, series and parallel combination of networks, arrays, inductors and inductances, and the like. The inductance may be a fixed value or a variable value and may be used to change the impedance matching and resonant frequency operating conditions.

There are various ways to realize the capacitance required to obtain the desired resonant frequency for the resonator structure. The capacitor plates 110 may be formed and utilized as shown in Figure 6b or may be realized by distributing the capacitance between adjacent turns of the multi-loop conductor 114, as shown in Figure 6 . Capacitance can be realized using capacitor elements, distributed capacitances, networks, arrays, series and parallel combinations of capacitances, and the like. The capacitance may be a fixed value or a variable value and may be used to change impedance matching and resonant frequency operating conditions.

The inductance and capacitance of the electromagnetic resonator 102 may be lumped or distributed, may be a combination of lumped and distributed inductance and capacitance, and the electromagnetic resonator may be a combination of various elements, As shown in FIG.

Electromagnetic Resonator  Resonance frequency

The electromagnetic resonator 102 may have characteristic, natural, or resonant frequencies that are determined by its physical properties. The resonant frequency is the frequency at which the oscillating energy between energy W _B = Li ^2/2 that is stored by the energy W _E = q ² / 2C and the magnetic field to be stored by the electric field of the resonator that is stored by the resonator. Where q is the charge on the capacitor C and i is the current through the inductor L. If there is no loss to the system, energy will be continuously exchanged between the electric field of the capacitor 104 and the magnetic field of the inductor 108. The frequency at which energy is exchanged is called the characteristic frequency, natural frequency, or resonant frequency of the resonator, and is given by ω as follows.

The resonant frequency of the resonator can be changed by tuning the inductance L, and / or the capacitance C of the resonator. The resonator frequency may be designed to operate at the ISM (Industrial, Scientific, and Medical) frequency specified by the FCC. The resonator frequency can be selected to meet specific field limit specifications, specific absorption rate (SAR) limit specifications, electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) specifications, electromagnetic interference (EMI) specifications, component size, cost, or performance specifications, .

Electromagnetic Resonator quality Factor

The energy of the resonator 102 shown in Fig. 6 can be collapsed or lost by an intrinsic loss including an absorptive loss (also referred to as an ohmic loss or a resistive loss) and / or a radiative loss. The Q factor of the resonator that characterizes energy collapse is inversely proportional to this loss. Absorption losses can be caused by other elements, components, connectors, etc. in the resonator and by conductors of finite conductivity used in the formation of inductors. An inductor formed from a low-loss material may be referred to as a " high-Q inductive element &quot;, and a low loss element, component, connector, etc. may have a "high-resistive Q &quot;. In general, the total absorption loss for a resonator can be computed in an appropriate series and / or parallel combination of resistive losses to the various elements and components making up the resonator. That is, in the absence of any significant radiation or component / coupling loss, the Q of the resonator can be denoted as Q _abs as:

로 표시될 수 있다. 이때, l은 와이어의 길이, ρ는 전도체 물질의 전기저항, A는 전류가 흐르는 와이어의 단면적이다. 교류의 경우, 전류가 흐르는 단면적이 표피 효과로 인해 전도체의 물리적 단면적보다 작을 수 있다. 따라서, 하이-Q 자기식 공진자는 높은 전기전도도, 비교적 큰 표면적, 및/또는 특별 설계된 윤곽(가령, Litz 와이어)를 가진 전도체로 구성되어, 근접 효과를 최소화시키고 교류 저항을 감소시킬 수 있다. Here, ω is the resonant frequency, and L is the total inductance of the resonator. For example, the resistance of the conductor used to form the inductor is

. &Lt; / RTI &gt; Where l is the length of the wire, p is the electrical resistance of the conductor material, and A is the cross-sectional area of the wire through which the current flows. In the case of alternating current, the cross-sectional area through which the current flows may be smaller than the physical cross-sectional area of the conductor due to the skin effect. Thus, a high-Q magnetic resonator may be comprised of a conductor with high electrical conductivity, a relatively large surface area, and / or a specially designed contour (e.g., a Litz wire) to minimize proximity effects and reduce alternating current resistance.

The magnetic resonator may include a high-Q inductive element comprised of high conductivity wire, coated wire, Litz wire, ribbon, strapping or plate, tubing, paint, gel, The magnetic resonator may be a self-resonant type or may include external coupling elements such as a capacitor, an inductor, a switch, a diode, a transistor, a transformer, The magnetic resonators may include distributed and lumped capacitances and inductances. In general, the Q of the resonator will be determined by the Q of all individual components of the resonator.

Since Q is proportional to the inductance L, the resonators can be designed to increase L in other constraints. For example, one technique for increasing L is to form the inductor of the resonator with more than one turn of the conductor. Design skills and trade-offs are application-dependent, and a wide variety of structures, conductors, components, and resonant frequencies can be selected in the design of high-Q magnetic resonators.

로 표시될 수 있다. 이때, R_rad는 공진자의 복사 손실이고, 작동 주파수 ω와 파장 λ에 대한 공진자의 크기에 따라 좌우될 수 있다. 상술한 자기식 공진자의 경우, 복사형 손실은

으로 스케일링될 수 있고(자기 다이폴 복사의 특성), 이때, x는 도 6b에 도시되는 유도 요소의 반경과 같은, 공진자의 특성 크기이고,

다. c는 광속, f는 상술한 바와 같다. 자기식 공진자의 크기는 작동 파장보다 훨씬 작아서, 복사형 손실이 매우 작을 수 있다. 이러한 구조물은 서브-파장 공진자라 불릴 수 있다. 복사는 비-복사형 무선 에너지 전송 시스템을 위한 손실 메커니즘일 수 있고, 설계는 R_rad를 감소 또는 최소화시키도록 선택될 수 있다. 하이-Q_rad가 비-복사형 무선 에너지 전송 기법에 대해 바람직할 수 있다. If there is no significant absorption loss, the Q of the resonator can be determined mainly by the radiation loss,

. &Lt; / RTI &gt; At this time, R _rad is the radiation loss of the resonator, and it can be influenced by the size of the resonator with respect to the operating frequency? And the wavelength?. In the case of the magnetic resonator described above,

(Characteristic of magnetic dipole radiation), where x is the characteristic size of the resonator, such as the radius of the inductive element shown in Figure 6b,

All. c is the speed of light, and f is as described above. The size of the magnetic resonator is much smaller than the operating wavelength, so that the radiation loss can be very small. Such a structure may be referred to as a sub-wavelength resonator. The radiation can be a loss mechanism for a non-radiating wireless energy transmission system, and the design can be chosen to reduce or minimize R _rad . High-Q _rad may be desirable for non-radiative wireless energy transmission techniques.

It should also be noted that the resonator design for non-radiating wireless energy transmission is different from antennas designed for communications, or for remote field energy transmission. In particular, a capacitively-loaded conductive loop can be used as a resonant antenna (e.g., in a cell phone), but it is intended that the radiation Q be a small value, Lt; / RTI &gt; This design is not suitable for the efficient short range wireless energy transmission technique disclosed in this application.

로 표시된다. 특정 공진자에 대해 최대의 Q값이 존재할 수 있고, 공진자들은 하이-Q 공진자를 달성하기 위해, 공진자의 크기, 공진자를 구성하는 데 사용되는 물질 및 요소, 동작 주파수, 연결 메커니즘, 등에 제공되는 특별한 고려사항들을 이용하여 설계될 수 있다. 도 7은 MHz 주파수 대역에서 무선 파워 전송에 사용될 수 있는 일례의 자기식 공진자의 Q의 변화를 나타낸다. 이 경우에 4 cm의 외경을 가진 구리 파이프로 만든 60 cm 직경을 가진 코일에 해당한다. 흡수형 Q(쇄선)(&02)는 주파수에 따라 증가하고, 복사형 Q(점선)는 주파수에 따라 감소하여, 특정 주파수에서 전체 Q를 피크(708)에 도달하게 한다. 이러한 예시적 공진자의 Q는 넓은 주파수 범위에 걸쳐 100보다 크다. 자기 공진자는 일 범위의 주파수에 대해 하이-Q를 가지도록 설계될 수 있고, 시스템 동작 주파수는 이 범위 내의 임의의 주파수로 설정될 수 있다. The quality factor of the resonator, including both the radiating and absorbing losses,

. There may be a maximum Q value for a particular resonator and resonators may be provided to achieve a high-Q resonator, such as the size of the resonator, the materials and elements used to construct the resonator, the operating frequency, the coupling mechanism, Can be designed using special considerations. 7 shows a variation of Q of an example magnetic resonator that can be used for radio power transmission in the MHz frequency band. This case corresponds to a 60 cm diameter coil made of a copper pipe with an outer diameter of 4 cm. The absorbing Q (dashed line) (& 02) increases with frequency and the radiating Q (dotted line) decreases with frequency, causing the entire Q to reach peak 708 at a particular frequency. The Q of this exemplary resonator is greater than 100 over a wide frequency range. The self-resonator may be designed to have a high-Q for a range of frequencies, and the system operating frequency may be set to any frequency within this range.

로 표시될 수 있고, 공진자의 퀄리티 팩터 Q는

로 주어진다. The resonator is described in terms of loss factor, but Q can be defined using the intrinsic decay rate 2Γ, as described above. The intrinsic decay rate is the rate at which unconnected and undriven resonators dissipate energy. In the case of the magnetic resonator described above, the intrinsic loss rate

, And the quality factor Q of the resonator may be expressed as

.

If no resonator is specified, the quality factor associated only with a particular loss _mechanism is denoted Q _mechanism , and if a resonator is specified (eg, Resonator 1), Q ₁ is denoted as _mechanism . For example, Q _{1, rad} is a quality factor for resonator 1 associated with radiated losses.

Electromagnetic Resonator Near field

The high-Q electromagnetic resonator used in the near field wireless energy transmission system disclosed herein may be a sub-wavelength object. That is, the physical size of the resonator is much smaller than the wavelength corresponding to the resonance frequency. A sub-wavelength magnetic resonator can have most of the energy in the area surrounding the resonator that is stored in the near field, and this near field can be said to be either fixed or non-propagating because it is not far away from the resonator. The limit of the near field of the region surrounding the resonator is generally set by the wavelength, which may extend well beyond the resonator itself in the case of a sub-wavelength resonator. The limiting surface where the field behavior varies from near field to far field behavior is called "radiation caustic".

The intensity of the near field decreases with distance from the resonator. The field strength of the resonator near field is collapsed away from the resonator, but the field can still interact with the object placed near the resonator. The degree to which the fields interact depends on various factors, some of which may be controlled and designed, some of which may not. The wireless energy transfer technique described herein can be realized when the distance between the connected resonators is within the radiation ability of one resonator of one resonator.

The near-field profile of the electromagnetic resonator may be similar to those typically associated with a dipole resonator or oscillator. This field profile can be described omnidirectionally. This means that the field size is not zero in all directions away from the object.

Electromagnetic Resonator  Attribute Size

Spatially-spaced and / or offset self-resonators with sufficient Q can achieve efficient wireless energy transmission over distances far greater than the distances shown in the prior art, despite the different size and shape of the resonator structures have. These resonators may also work to obtain a much more efficient energy transfer over a shorter range of distances than was possible with the prior art. We describe these resonators as resonators capable of mid-range energy transfer.

The mid-range distance may be defined as a distance greater than the characteristic size of the smallest resonator associated with the transmission. At this time, this distance is measured from the center of the first resonator structure to the second resonator structure which is spatially separated. In this definition, the two-dimensional resonator is spatially separated when the regions surrounded by the inductive element do not intersect with each other, and the three-dimensional resonator is spatially separated when the volumes do not overlap. The two-dimensional resonator is spatially separated from the three-dimensional resonator when the region surrounded by the two-dimensional resonator is outside the volume of the three-dimensional resonator.

Fig. 8 shows several examples of resonators displaying characteristic sizes. The characteristic size 802 of the resonator 102 can be defined in terms of the length of the conductor forming the capacitive element of the electrical resonator and the size of the conductor surrounded by the induction element of the magnetic resonator. The characteristic size (802) x _char of the resonator 102 may then be equal to the radius of the minimum sphere that can be fitted around the inductive or capacitive element of the magnetic or electrical resonator, Center. The characteristic thickness 804 t _char of the resonator 102 may be the smallest possible height of the highest point of the inductive or capacitive element of the magnetic or capacitive resonator when measured from the flat surface on which it is placed. The characteristic width 808 of the resonator 102, w _char , may be the radius of the smallest possible circle, and the circle may be a circle, in which the inductive or capacitive element of the magnetic or electrical resonator may pass while traveling along a straight line, to be. For example, the characteristic width 808 of the cylindrical resonator may be the radius of the cylinder.

를 도출함으로써 실현될 수 있다. 즉, Q 증가는 유용한 에너지 전송 효율을 관리하기 위해 k의 감소를 적어도 부분적으로 극복하는 데 사용될 수 있다. In the wireless energy transfer technique of the present invention, energy can be efficiently exchanged over a wide range of distances, but this technique can be applied over mid-range distances between resonators having different physical sizes, components, and orientations The ability to exchange useful energy to feed or recharge the device. k can be small in this situation, but the strong-coupling and efficient energy transfer can be achieved by using high-Q resonators

Can be realized. That is, the Q increase can be used to at least partially overcome the reduction of k to manage the useful energy transfer efficiency.

Although the near field of a single resonator is described as omnidirectional, the energy exchange efficiency between the two resonators may depend on the relative position and orientation of the resonators. That is, the energy exchange efficiency can be maximized for a specific relative orientation of the resonator. The sensitivity of the transmission efficiency to the relative position and orientation of the two uncompensated resonators can be captured by an operation of k or k. Coupling may be achieved between long pendulums that are offset from each other or rotated with respect to each other, but the exchange efficiency depends on the detailed arrangement and depends on feedback, tuning, and compensation techniques implemented during operation.

Hi -Q self Resonator

, 표피 깊이보다 큰 반경을 가진 N개의 턴수를 가진 와이어로 구성되는 원형 전도 루프 인덕터에 관련된 저항은, 대략 다음과 같다. In the near-field range of sub-wavelength capacitive-loaded loop magnetic resonators

, The resistance associated with a circular conduction loop inductor consisting of a wire with N turns with a radius greater than the skin depth is approximately:

은 자유 공간의 임피던스다. 이러한 N-턴수의 우프에 대한 인덕턴스 L은 앞서 제시한 단일-턴 루프의 인덕턴스보다 대략 N²배 크다. 이러한 공진자의 퀄리티 팩터

는 시스템 파라미터에 의해 결정되는 특정 주파수에서 가장 높다(도 4 참조). 앞서 설명한 바와 같이, 낮은 주파수에서 Q는 흡수형 손실에 의해 주로 결정되고, 높은 주파수에서 Q는 복사형 손실에 의해 주로 결정된다. Where rho is the electrical resistance of the conductor material,

Is the impedance of free space. The inductance L for this N-turn number of Uff is approximately N ² times larger than the inductance of the single-turn loop presented above. The quality factor of such a resonator

Is the highest at a particular frequency determined by the system parameters (see FIG. 4). As explained above, at low frequencies, Q is mainly determined by absorption losses, and at high frequencies Q is mainly determined by radiation losses.

The formulas presented above are schematic and intended to illustrate the functional dependence of R _abs , R _rad , L on the physical parameters of the structure. More accurate numerical computation of these parameters, taking into account deviations from a strict quasi-static limit, such as a non-uniform current / charge distribution along a conductor, may be useful for precision design of the resonator structure.

The absorptive loss can be minimized by forming the inductive elements using low-loss conductors. The loss of conductors may be reduced by using conductors with large surface area, such as conductive tubing, straps, strips, machined objects, plates, etc., and with conductors with low proximity loss, which may have different frequency- Can be minimized by using specially shaped conductors such as wire with arbitrary cross-section, braided wire, Litz wire, and by using materials with low electrical resistance such as, for example, high purity copper and silver have. One advantage of using conductive tubing as a conductor at a higher operating frequency is that it is less expensive and lighter than solid conductors of similar diameter and can have similar resistance because most of the current is blurred along the outer surface of the conductor due to the skin effect It is a point.

의 하나의 원형 유도 요소(N=1)로 구성되는 공진자에 대한 최적 Q 및 공진 주파수를 연산할 수 있다. 그후, 예를 들어, 셀폰에 적합한, 특성 크기 x = 1 cm 및 전도체 직경 a = 1 mm 인 유도 요소의 경우, 퀄리티 팩터는 f = 380 MHz일 때 Q = 1225에서 피크를 나타낸다. 랩탑 또는 가정용 로봇에 대해 적절한 유도 요소 크기인 x = 30 cm 및 a = 2 cm인 경우, f = 17 MHz에서 Q = 1103이다. 예를 들어 천정에 배치할 수 있는 대형 광원 유도 요소의 경우(x = 1m, a = 4 mm), f = 5 MHz에서 Q = 1315 다. 다수의 실제적 예시들은

의 기대 퀄리티 팩터를 도출한다. 위에서 설명한 것보다 더 다양한 코일 형태, 크기, 재료, 및 동작 주파수의 측정은, 상용 재료를 이용하여 다양한 자기식 공진자 구조물에 대해 실현될 수 있다. In order to obtain a rough estimate of a feasible resonator design that is suitable for operation in the microwave range and made of copper wire or copper tubing,

(N = 1) of the resonant frequency of the resonator. Then, for example, for an inductive element with a characteristic size x = 1 cm and a conductor diameter a = 1 mm, suitable for cell phones, the quality factor exhibits a peak at Q = 1225 when f = 380 MHz. For f = 17 MHz, Q = 1103, where x = 30 cm and a = 2 cm, which are the appropriate inductive element sizes for a laptop or home robot. For example, for a large light source induction element (x = 1 m, a = 4 mm) that can be placed on the ceiling, Q = 1315 at f = 5 MHz. A number of practical examples

Of the expected quality factor. Measurements of coil shapes, sizes, materials, and operating frequencies that are more varied than those described above can be realized for a variety of magnetic resonator structures using commercially available materials.

다. 랩탑의 예에서,

이다. 천정 공진자의 예에서,

이다. 유도 요소 Q가 피크에 있는 주파수에서 대응하는 연결-손실 비는 피크값을 나타내고, 세개의 유도형 요소 크기 및 앞서 설명한 거리에 대해

= 0.4, 0.79, 1.97과 0.15, 0.3, 0.72와, 0.2, 0.4, 0.94다. 서로 다른 크기의 유도 요소를 이용하는 예는 x1=1m 인덕터(가령, 천정의 광원) 및 x2=30cm 인덕터(가령, 마루 위의 가정용 로봇)가 서로 3m 거리(가령, 실내 높이)로 이격되어 있다. 본 예에서, f=6.4 MHz의 최적 동작 주파수에서 대략 14%의 효율에 대해, 강-결합 성능 지수는

이다. 여기서, 최적 시스템 동작 주파수는 개별 공진자 Q의 피크들 사이에 놓인다. As described above, the energy transfer rate between the two resonators of the characteristic sizes x1 and x2 separated by the center-to-center distance D can be given by?. To give an example of how a given parameter can be scaled, consider the example of cell phones, laptops, and ceiling resonators from above on three distances (D / x = 10, 8, 6). In the example considered here, the source and device resonators have the same size x1 = x2 and shape and are oriented as shown in Fig. 1B. In the example of a cell phone,

All. In the example of a laptop,

to be. In the example of a ceiling resonator,

to be. The corresponding connection-loss ratio at the frequency at which the inductive element Q is at the peak represents the peak value, and for the three inductive element sizes and the distances described above

= 0.4, 0.79, 1.97 and 0.15, 0.3, 0.72 and 0.2, 0.4 and 0.94, respectively. An example of using different sized induction elements is x1 = 1 m inductor (e.g., ceiling light source) and x2 = 30 cm inductor (e.g., home robot on the floor) are spaced 3 m apart (e.g. In this example, for an efficiency of approximately 14% at an optimal operating frequency of f = 6.4 MHz, the strength-binding figure of merit

to be. Here, the optimum system operating frequency lies between the peaks of the individual resonators Q.

The inductive elements can be configured for use in a high-Q magnetic resonator. We have cast various high-Q magnetic resonators based on the copper conductors formed in the inductive elements surrounding the work surface. Inductive elements can be formed using various conductors arranged in various shapes, surrounding an area of any size or shape, and can be elements of a single turn or multiple turns. An illustration of an exemplary inductive element 900A-B is shown in Fig. These inductive elements may be circular, rectangular, square, triangular, shaped with rounded corners, shaped along a contour of a particular structure or device, formed to surround, fill or use a dedicated space within a structure or device . Such a design can be optimized for size, cost, weight, appearance, performance, and the like.

These conductors can be formed or bent in the desired size, shape, and number of turns. However, it may be difficult to accurately reproduce the conductor shape and size by hand. Additionally, it may be difficult to keep the center-to-center spacing between conductor segments of adjacent coil turns of inductive elements uniform and desirable. Accurate or even spacing may be important in determining the self-capacitance of the structure, the increase in AC resistance induced by proximity effects, and so on.

The mold can be used to replicate the inductor elements for a high-Q resonator design. Additionally, the molds can be used to accurately shape the conductor in any kind of form without creating kinks, buckles, or other potentially deleterious effects on the conductor. The mold may be used to form the inductor elements, after which the inductor elements may be removed from the foam. Once removed, these inductive elements can be mounted into an enclosure or device capable of housing a high-Q magnetic resonator. The formed elements may remain in the mold used for element formation.

The mold may be formed using any known technique for transferring or forming grooves in the block or using standard CNC (computer numerically controlled) routing or milling techniques. The molds may be formed using machining techniques, injection molding techniques, casting techniques, melt injection techniques, vacuum techniques, thermoforming techniques, location-cutting techniques, compression molding techniques,

The formed element may be removed from the mold or may remain in the mold. The inductive element in the mold can be changed. The mold is covered, machined, adhered, painted, and so on. The combination of the mold and the conductor may be integrated into another housing, structure, or device. Grooves cut into molds can have any size and can be designed to form conductive tubing, wires, straps, strips, blocks, etc. in desired inductor shapes and sizes.

Inductive elements used in a magnetic resonator include at least two loops and may spiral inward or outward, up or down, or any combination thereof. Generally, a magnetic resonator can have various shapes, sizes, and numbers of turns, and can be composed of various conductive materials.

The magnetic resonators may be freely upright or enclosed in an enclosure, container, sleeve, or housing. These magnetic resonators may include shapes used to fabricate the inductive element. These various forms and enclosures may consist of almost any kind of material. Low-loss materials such as Teflon, REXOLITE, styrene, etc. may be preferred for some applications. These enclosures may include fasteners that retain the inductive element.

The magnetic resonator may comprise copper tubing or a self-resonating coil of copper wire. A magnetic resonator composed of a self-resonant conductive wire coil may include a wire of length l, cross-sectional radius a wound with a helical coil of radius x, length h, number of turns N, and the like. For example, the following specific relationship can be established.

a magnetic resonator structure with x of about 30 cm, h of about 20 cm, a of about 3 mm and N of about 5.25 may be constructed and the power source connected to the magnetic resonator during operation may have a resonant frequency of about 10.6 MHz f can drive the resonator. When x is about 30 cm, h is about 20 cm, a is about 1 cm, and N is about 4, the resonator can be configured at a frequency of about 13.4 MHz. When x is about 10 cm, h is about 3 cm, a is about 2 mm, and N is about 6, the resonator can be driven at a frequency of about 21.4 MHz.

High-Q inductive elements can be designed using printed circuit board traces. The printed circuit board traces can have various advantages over the mechanically formed inductive elements. For example, it can be accurately reproducible, easily integrate the printed circuit board fabrication techniques made, and use custom designed conductor traces to lower the AC resistance and reduce costs through mass production.

The high-Q inducing elements can be selected from the group consisting of FR-4 (epoxy E-glass), multifunctional epoxy, high performance epoxy, bismalaimide triazine / epoxy, polyimide, cyanate ester, Can be fabricated using standard PCB technology on any PCB material such as Teflon, FR-2, FR-3, CEM-1, CEM-2, Rogers, Resolute, have. The conductor traces can be formed on the printed circuit board material with low loss tangent.

Conductive traces may be composed of copper, silver, gold, aluminum, nickel, and the like, and may be constructed of paint, ink, or other curable material. The circuit board may be flexible and may be a flex-circuit. Conduction traces can be formed by chemical vapor deposition, etching, lithography, spray deposition, cutting, and the like. Conduction traces may be applied to form a desired pattern and formed using crystal and structure growth techniques.

The structure interconnecting the size of the conduction traces, the number of layers including the conduction traces, the location, size, shape, and conduction traces of the conduction traces is determined by the resonator Q, Q _(p) , resonator size, May be designed to achieve or optimize system specifications such as cost, U, U _(p) , and so on.

였다. 이러한 인덕터 요소 및 튜닝가능 커패시터를 이용한 자기식 공진자는 6.78 MHz의 요망 공진 주파수에서 550의 Q를 나타냈다. 공진 주파수는 자기식 공진자의 인덕턴스 및 커패시턴스 값들을 변화시킴으로써 튜닝될 수 있었다. As an example, a three-turn high-Q inductive component 1001A was fabricated on a four-layer printed circuit board using a rectangular copper trace pattern as shown in FIG. 10A. These copper traces are shown in black, and PCBs are shown in white. The width and thickness of the copper traces were approximately 1 cm (400 mils) and 43 m (1.7 mils), respectively. The edge-to-edge spacing between turns of the conductive traces on a single layer was about 0.75 cm (300 mils), and each board layer thickness was about 100 m (4 mils). The pattern shown in Fig. 10A was repeated in each layer of the board, and the conductors were connected in parallel. The outer dimensions of the three-loop structure were approximately 30 cm x 20 cm. The measured inductance of the PCB loop is 5.3

Respectively. A magnetic resonator using such an inductor element and a tunable capacitor exhibited a Q of 550 at a desired resonant frequency of 6.78 MHz. The resonant frequency could be tuned by changing the inductance and capacitance values of the magnetic resonator.

였다. 대략 0.635 cm(250 mils)의 수직 이격으로 두 보드를 함께 적층시키고 두 보드를 직렬로 연결하여, 대략 3.4

의 인덕턴스를 가진 PCB 인덕터를 제조하였다. 이와 같이 적층된 인덕터 루프 및 튜닝가능 커패시터를 이용한 자기식 공진자는 6.78 MHz의 요망 공진 주파수에서 3900의 Q를 나타냈다. 공진 주파수는 자기식 공진자의 인덕턴스 및 커패시턴스 값들을 변화시킴으로써 튜닝될 수 있었다. As another example, a two-turn inductor 1001B was fabricated on a four-layer printed circuit board using a rectangular copper trace pattern shown in FIG. 10B. Copper traces are shown in black and PB is shown in white. The width and height of the copper traces in this example were approximately 0.75 cm (300 mils) and 43 m (1.7 mils). The edge-to-edge spacing between turns of the conductive traces on a single layer was about 0.635 cm (250 mils), and each board layer thickness was about 100 m (4 mils). The pattern shown in FIG. 10B was repeated in each layer of the board, and the conductors were connected in parallel. The outer dimensions of the two-loop structure were approximately 7.62 cm x 26.7 cm. The measured inductance of the PCB loop is 1.3

Respectively. The two boards were stacked together with a vertical spacing of approximately 0.635 cm (250 mils), and the two boards connected in series to form approximately 3.4

Of inductance. A magnetic resonator using such a stacked inductor loop and tunable capacitor exhibited a Q of 3900 at a desired resonant frequency of 6.78 MHz. The resonant frequency could be tuned by changing the inductance and capacitance values of the magnetic resonator.

The inductive elements can be formed using magnetic materials of any size, shape, thickness, etc., with a wide range of permeability and loss values. These magnetic materials can be solid blocks, can enclose a hollow volume, can be formed from a number of small pieces of magnetic material that are tiled or stacked together, and are integrated into a conductive sheet or enclosure made of a high- . The wire may be wrapped around the magnetic material to generate a near field. A plurality of wires may be wrapped around the magnetic material and coupled in parallel, or in series, or through a switch, to form a near field pattern of a customized scheme.

The magnetic resonator may include a 15-turn Litz wire wound around a 19.2 cm x 10 cm x 5 mm tile block of 3F3 ferrite material. The Litz wire can be wound around the pearl material in any direction or combination of directions to achieve desired resonator performance. The number of turns of the wire, the turn interval, the wire type, the size and shape of the magnetic material, and the type of magnetic material correspond to all design parameters that can be changed or optimized for different application scenarios.

Using magnetic material structure Hi -Q magnetic equation Resonator

Magnetic materials that are assembled to form an open magnetic circuit may be used. Of course, in order to realize the magnetic resonator structure, an air gap corresponding to the size level of the entire structure is constituted. In this structure, the high-conductivity materials are wound around a structure made of a magnetic material to form an inductive element of a magnetic resonator. Capacitive elements can be coupled to the high-conductivity material, and then the resonant frequency is determined as described above. These self-resonators have a dipole moment in the plane of the two-dimensional resonator structure (not perpendicular to the plane of the two-dimensional resonator structure), as is the case for capacitive-loaded inductor loop resonators.

A diagram of a single planar resonator structure is shown in FIG. The planar resonator structure is composed of a core 1121 of magnetic material such as ferrite and the loop 1122 of conductive material is wrapped around the core 1121. This structure can be used as a source resonator to supply power, and as a device resonator to capture energy. When used as a source, the ends of the conductors are connected to a power source. The alternating current through the conductor loop excites the alternating magnetic field. When the structure is used for power reception, the ends of the conductors may be connected to a power drain or load. The change in magnetic field induces an electromotive force in the loop of the conductor wound around the core magnetic material. In this type of structure, the dipole moments are in the plane of the structure, for example in the case of the structure of FIG. 11A, oriented along the Y axis. These two structures have a strong-bond when placed in substantially the same plane (i.e., the X, Y plane of FIG. 11). The constructions of FIG. 11A have the most preferred orientation when the resonators are aligned in the same plane along the Y axis.

The geometry and coupling orientation of the described planar resonator may be preferred for some applications. Planar or flat resonator shapes are easy to integrate into many electronic devices that are relatively flat and planar. The planar resonators can be integrated in the back or side of the device without requiring the geometry change of the device. Because of the flat shape of many devices, the natural position of the device when placed on the surface is such that the largest size lies parallel to the surface on which they are to be placed. Planar resonators incorporated into a flat device are naturally parallel to the plane of the surface and are placed in a preferred bonding orientation relative to the resonator or planar resonator of other devices disposed on the flat surface.

As described above, the geometry of the planar resonator can be easily integrated into the device. The low profile of these resonators allows the resonator to be integrated into the complete side of the device, or a portion thereof. Because the entire side of the device is covered by an announcer, the magnetic flux can pass through the resonator without being interrupted by a lossy material, which can be part of the device or device circuitry.

The core of the planar resonator structure can be of various shapes and thicknesses and can be flat or planar so that the minimum dimension does not exceed 30% of the maximum dimension of the structure. The core may have a complicated geometric shape and may have indentations, notches, ridges, and the like. A geometric enhancement can be used to aid integration into devices, packaging, packages, enclosures, covers, skins, and the like, and reduce coupling dependency in orienting. Two exemplary variations of the core shape are shown in Fig. 11 (b). For example, the planar core 1131 may be shaped such that the ends are substantially wider than the middle of the structure to form a recess for conductor winding. The core material may be formed with a variable thickness, and the ends are wider and thicker than the middle. The core material 1132 may have any number of notches or cutouts 1133 of various depths, widths, and shapes to accommodate the conductor loops, housings, packaging, and the like.

The shape and dimensions of the core may additionally be dictated by the dimensions and characteristics of the device into which they are integrated. The core material may require a non-symmetrical notch or cutout to allow a gap in the parts of the device, or it may be curved along the contour of the device. The core structure may be a single monolithic piece of magnetic material or it may be composed of a plurality of tiles, blocks, or pieces arranged together to form a relatively large structure. The various layers, tiles, blocks or pieces of the structure may be similar or may be formed of different materials. It may be preferred to use materials having different permeabilities at different locations of the structure. Core structures having different permeability can be useful to guide magnetic flux, improve bonding, and affect the shape or size of the active area of the system.

The conductors of the planar resonator structure may be wound once or more around the core. In certain circumstances, it may be preferable to wind at least three loops. The conductors may be any good conductor including conducting wire, Litz wire, conducting tubing, sheet, strip, gel, ink, trace,

The size, shape or dimensions of the active area of the source may be additionally reinforced, modified or modified as materials are used to shield, shield or guide the magnetic field. In order to form a non-symmetrical active region around the source, one side of the source may be covered with a magnetic shield, so that the intensity of the magnetic field in a particular direction may be reduced. The shield may be a layer combination of magnetic material that can be used to guide the magnetic field away from the conductor or conductor in a particular direction. Structures composed of layers of magnetic material and conductors can be used to reduce the energy loss that may occur due to the shielding function of the source.

The plurality of planar resonators may be integrated into one planar resonator structure or be combined therewith. The conductors or conductors may be wound around the core structure such that the loops formed by the two conductors do not coax. An embodiment of such a structure in which two conductors 1201 and 1202 are wound around a rectangular flat rectangular core 1203 at a right angle is shown in FIG. The core may be rectangular or may have a variety of geometric shapes with some extensions or protrusions. The protrusions can be useful for wrapping the conductors to reduce the weight, size or mass of the core, or can be used to improve the directionality or all-directionality of the resonator. A plurality of wound planar resonators with four protrusions are shown by inner structure 1310 in FIG. 13, and four conductors 1301, 1302, 1303, and 1304 are wound around the core. The core may have stretches 1305, 1306, 1307, 1308 having one or more conductor loops. A single conductor may be wound around the core to form a loop that is not coaxial. For example, the four conductor loops of FIG. 13 may be formed using two conductors, or a single, continuous piece of conductor, wherein a single conductor is used to form all of the coaxial loops.

A non-uniform or asymmetrical field profile around a resonator comprising a plurality of conductor loops can be generated by driving some conductor loops with different parameters. Some of the conductor loops of the source resonator comprising a plurality of conductor loops may be driven by a power source having different frequencies, voltages, power levels, duty cycles, and the like, all of which are generated by respective conductors Can be used to influence the strength of the magnetic field.

A planar resonator structure may be combined with a capacitively-loaded inductor resonator coil to provide a source region above and below the planar resonator structure, and to provide active regions in all directions. 13, an additional resonator loop coil 1309 including loops or loops of conductors may be disposed within the cavity plane, such as a planar resonator structure 1310. [ The outer resonator coil substantially provides an active region above and below the source. The resonator coil may be arranged according to any number of planar resonator structures and arrangements described herein.

The planar resonator structure may be enclosed within an investmentable packaging or integrated into another device. The planar profile of the resonator within a single cavity plane allows packaging and integration within a flat device. A diagram showing an application example of the resonator is shown in Fig. A planar source 1411 including each of the one or more conductor loops and one or more planar resonators 1414 is arranged in an active region 1417 of the source and includes devices 1412 and 1413 that are integrated with the outer planar resonators 1415 and 1416, Lt; / RTI &gt; The device may include a plurality of planar resonators such that the active region of the source does not change without considering the orientation of the device relative to the source. In addition to the invariance to rotational misalignment, a flat device comprising a flat resonator can be inverted upside down without substantially affecting the active region because the planar resonator is still in the plane of the source.

Another diagram illustrating the possible use of a power delivery system utilizing a planar resonator structure is shown in Fig. The planar source 1521 disposed above the surface 1525 can create an active area that covers a substantial surface area forming a "energized surface" area. Devices such as a computer 1524, a mobile handset 1522, and other electronic devices 1523 coupled to respective planar device resonators may be configured to receive energy from a source when placed in the active area of the source, Can receive. Some devices with different dimensions can be normally used and placed in the active area during powering or charging from the source without strict placement or alignment constraints. The source can be placed under the surface of a table, a counter top, a desk, a cabinet and the like so that it can be completely hidden, while the top surface of the counter top, desk, cabinet and the like can be powered, An active area can be created on a considerably large surface.

The source may include a display, or other visual, auditory or vibration indicator to indicate the direction of the charging device or which device is charged, an error or problem with charging, power level, charging time, and so on .

The source resonator and the circuit can be integrated into any number of other devices. Sources can be integrated into devices such as clocks, keyboards, monitors, picture frames, and so on. For example, a keyboard integrated with a planar resonator and appropriate power and control circuitry may be used, such as a computer mouse, a webcam, a mobile handset, and the like, which does not occupy any additional desk space.

Although a planar resonator structure has been described in the context of a mobile device, a person skilled in the art will appreciate that a flat plate-like source for wireless power delivery having an active area beyond its physical size is And other consumer segments and industrial applications. Structure, and configuration may be useful in many instances where an electronic or electrical device and a power source are located, disposed or manipulated in substantially the same planar and alignment reference. Some of the possible application scenarios include devices located on walls, floors, ceilings or any other substantially planar surface.

The flat source resonator may be integral with the frame or may be hung on the wall to provide an active area within the plane of the wall so that other electronic devices (e.g., digital photo frames, televisions, lights, etc.) And can be supplied with power without a wire. The plate resonator may be integral with the bottom to derive an energized floor or active area where the device may be placed to receive power. Audio speakers, lamps, heaters, etc., are placed within the active area to receive power wirelessly.

The plate resonator may have additional components that are connected to a conductor. Components such as capacitors, inductors, resistors, diodes, etc. can be connected to conductors, used to adjust or tune the resonant frequency, and to match the impedance to the resonator.

를 갖도록 만들어질 수 있다. 에너지는, 도 11(c)에서 도시된 바와 같이, 공진자의 특성 크기보다 큰 거리에 걸쳐, 하나의 판형 공진자 구조물에서 또 다른 판형 공진자 구조물로, 무선으로, 전달될 수 있다. As described above, the plate-shaped resonator structure shown in Fig. 11 (a) can have, for example, a quality factor of 100 or more,

. &Lt; / RTI &gt; The energy can be transmitted wirelessly from one plate-type resonator structure to another plate-type resonator structure over a distance larger than the characteristic size of the resonator, as shown in Fig. 11 (c).

In order to realize a structure having properties similar to those of the inductive element of the self-resonator, it may be possible to implement such an inductive structure by using a combination of a preferable conductor and a magnetic material in addition to using a magnetic material. Figure 16 (a) shows one or more enclosures enclosed by one or more layers of magnetic material, joined by blocks of magnetic material 1604, and made of a highly conductive material, (Which is shielded against the generated AC electromagnetic field).

The structure may include a high-conductivity sheet of material, with one side of the sheet covered with a layer of magnetic material. A layered structure is conformally applied to an electronic device such that a portion of the device is covered with a layer of a magnetic material of high conductivity while another portion (e.g., a button or screen) that is not readily accessible It can be left uncovered. Alternatively, or additionally, the structure may comprise only a layer of magnetic material, or may comprise only a large piece of a layer of magnetic material. Thus, a self resonator can be a component of an existing device, with little or no extensive redesign, and without interfering with existing functionality. In addition, layers of preferred conductors and / or magnetic materials may be made sufficiently thin (less than about 1 millimeter) such that they add little additional weight or volume to the finished device. The oscillating current applied to the length of the conductor wound on the structure can be used to excite the electromagnetic field associated with the structure, as indicated by the square in the center of the structure of Fig.

The quality factor of the structure

를 갖도록 만들어질 수 있다. 이러한 하이-

는, 자성 물질 내에 있는 자기 에너지 부분이 물체와 관련된 전체 자기 에너지에 비교할 때 작아서, 자성 물질의 손실이 높을 경우에도 가능하다. 전도성 물질과 자성 물질의 층들로 구성된 구조물에 있어서, 전도성 물질의 손실이, 앞서 기재된 바 있듯이, 자성 물질의 존재로 인해, 감소될 수 있다. 자성 물질 층의 두께가, 시스템의 최대 크기의 약 100분의 1이고(가령, 자성 물질이 약 1㎜ 두께를 가질 수 있는데, 구조물의 면적은 10㎝×10㎝인 경우), 상대적 투자율(permeability)이 약 1000인 구조물에서, 자성 물질 내에 내포되는 자기 에너지의 부분을, 물체 또는 공진자와 관련된 총 자기 에너지의 수백 분의 1로만 유지하는 것이 가능하다. 이를 입증하기 위해, 하나의 공간(volume)에 내포된 자기 에너지에 대한 수식은, (

가 아니라)

가 자성 물질-공기 경계부에서 유지되는 메인 장(main field)인 한(개자기 회로(open magnetic circuit)에서 일반적인 경우임) ,

이며, 하이-

영역에 내포되는 자기 에너지의 부분은, 공기 중에 있을 때와 비교할 때, 상당히 감소될 수 있다.A structure of the type described above has a quality factor

. &Lt; / RTI &gt; These high-

Is also possible when the magnetic energy portion in the magnetic material is small as compared with the total magnetic energy associated with the object so that the loss of the magnetic material is high. In a structure consisting of layers of conductive material and magnetic material, the loss of conductive material can be reduced, due to the presence of magnetic material, as described above. The thickness of the magnetic material layer is about one hundredth of the maximum size of the system (e.g., when the magnetic material can have a thickness of about 1 mm, the area of the structure is 10 cm x 10 cm), the relative permeability ), It is possible to keep only a fraction of the total magnetic energy associated with the object or the resonator. To prove this, the formula for the magnetic energy contained in a volume is (

Not)

Is the main field maintained at the magnetic material-air interface (this is a common case in an open magnetic circuit),

And the high-

The portion of the magnetic energy contained in the region can be significantly reduced when compared to when it is in the air.

라고 표시되며, 물질의 손실 탄젠트(loss tangent)는

이라고 하고, 자성 물질이 손실의 유일한 원인이라고 가정하면, 공진자의

는

이다. 따라서, 0.1만큼 높은 손실 탄젠트의 경우에서도, 이들 타입의 공진자 구조물에 대해 약 1000의

를 얻는 것이 가능하다. The fraction of magnetic energy in a magnetic object

And the loss tangent of the material is expressed as

And that the magnetic material is the sole cause of loss,

The

to be. Thus, even in the case of a loss tangent as high as 0.1, about 1000 of these types of resonator structures

Can be obtained.

는

에 근사한다. If the structure is driven by a winding winding itself N times, then if N is a sufficiently large number, the loss of the excitation inductor loop can be neglected. 17 schematically shows an equivalent circuit 1700 for these structures and shows the loss mechanism and the scaling of the inductance for the number of circuits N winding a structure composed of a conductive material and a magnetic material. If the proximity effect is negligible (by using a suitable winding designed to minimize proximity effects, or by using a conductor (e.g., a Litz lead)), the resistance 1702 of the conductor of the loop conductor 1702 is linearly proportional to the length of the loop , Which is also proportional to the number of lines. On the other hand, both the equivalent resistance 1708 and the equivalent inductance 1704 of these special structures are proportional to the square of the magnetic field inside the structure. This magnetic field is proportional to the N, the equivalent resistance 1708 and the equivalent inductance 1704 are both proportional to N ^2. Thus, for sufficiently large N, the resistance 1702 of the conductor is much smaller than the equivalent resistance 1708 of the magnetic structure,

The

.

및

을 갖는 2㎜의 자성 물질 층으로 완전히 덮이는 2개의 20㎝×8㎝×2㎝ 의 공동(hollow) 영역을 포함한다. 이들 2개의 평행육면체는 서로 4㎝만큼 이격되어 있으며, 2㎝×4㎝×2㎝의 동일한 자성 물질 블록에 의해 연결되어 있다. 이 블록의 중심을 여기 루프가 감고 있다. 300㎑의 주파수에서, 이 구조물은 890으로 계산된

를 가진다. 전도체와 자성 물질 구조물은, 특정 시스템 파라미터를 최적화하도록 성형될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 여기 루프에 의해 감싸지는 구조물의 크기가 작아서, 여기 루프의 저항을 감소시킬 수 있거나, 상기 구조물의 크기가 커서, 큰 자기장과 연계된 자성 물질에서의 손실을 완화시킬 수 있다. 자성 물질로 구성된 동일한 구조물과 연계된 자성 스트림라인 및

는, 층 전도체 및 자성 물질 설계와 유사할 것이다. 16 (a) shows a square loop of current around the narrowing portion of the center of structure 1604 and a copper and magnetic material structure 1602 driven by a magnetic field stream line 1608 generated by the structure . This exemplary structure is wrapped with copper,

And

And two 20 cm x 8 cm x 2 cm hollow regions completely covered with a 2 mm magnetic material layer having a thickness of 2 mm. These two parallel hexahedrons are separated by 4 cm from each other and connected by the same block of magnetic material of 2 cm x 4 cm x 2 cm. The center of this block is looped here. At a frequency of 300 kHz, this structure is calculated as 890

. The conductor and the magnetic material structure can be shaped to optimize certain system parameters. For example, the size of the structure wrapped by the excitation loop is small, so that the resistance of the excitation loop can be reduced, or the size of the structure can be large to mitigate losses in the magnetic material associated with the large magnetic field. A magnetic stream line associated with the same structure composed of a magnetic material and

Will be similar to layer conductor and magnetic material design.

Electromagnetic interaction with other objects Resonator

를 교란시키는 외생적(extrinsic) 손실 메커니즘은, 인근 외부 물체의 물질 내부의 흡수 손실과 인근 외부 물체로부터의 공진하는 장의 산란(scattering)과 관련된 복사 손실을 포함할 수 있다. 흡수 손실은, 관심 주파수 범위에 걸쳐, 0이 아닌(non-zero), 그러나 유한한 전도율

(또는 이에 상응하는, 유전 투자율의 0이 아니고 유한한 허수 부분)을 가짐으로써, 전자기장이 물질을 투과하여 상기 물질에 전류를 유도할 수 있으며, 이로 인해서 저항성 손실을 통해 에너지를 소산시키는 물질과 연계될 수 있다. 어느 물체가 손실성 물질을 적어도 부분적으로 포함한다면 상기 물체를 손실성(lossy)이라고 기재될 수 있다.In an electromagnetic resonator, an intrinsic,

The extrinsic loss mechanism that disturbs the absorption loss inside the material of a nearby external object and radiation losses associated with the scattering of resonant fields from nearby external objects. The absorption loss is a non-zero, but finite, conductivity over the frequency range of interest

(Or a corresponding, imaginary, finite imaginary part rather than a zero dielectric permeability), the electromagnetic field can penetrate the material and induce a current in the material, thereby coupling it to a material dissipating energy through resistive losses . If an object at least partially contains a lossy material, the object may be described as lossy.

와 자기 투자율

의 균질의 등방성 물질을 포함하는 물체를 고려하자. 이 물체 내부에서의 전자기장의 투과 깊이(penetration depth)는, 표피 깊이

에 의해 주어진다. 물체 내부에서 소산되는 전력(dissipated power)

가,

로부터 결정될 수 있으며, 여기서, 옴의 법칙(Ohm's Law),

(

는 전기장이고

는 전류 밀도임)을 이용하였다. conductivity

And magnetic permeability

Consider an object containing a homogeneous isotropic material. The penetration depth of the electromagnetic field inside this object is determined by the skin depth

Lt; / RTI &gt; Dissipated power within the object.

end,

Where Ohm's Law, &lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt;

(

Is an electric field

Is the current density).

은, 물질의 표피 깊이

가 길게 여겨질 수 있도록(즉,

가 물체의 특성 크기(characteristic size)보다 길거나,

가 물체의 손실성 부분의 특성 크기보다 길도록) 충분히 낮다면, 전자기장

및

(여기서

는 자기장임)가 물체를 실질적으로 투과할 수 있다. 그렇다면, 이들 유한한 값을 갖는 장이,

로서 스케일링되는 소산 전력을 야기할 수 있으며, 여기서

는 손실성인 물체의 체적이고,

는 전기장의 공간 평균의 제곱 값이다. 따라서 저전도율 한계에서, 소산 전력은 전도율에 비례하며, 비-전도성(순수 유전) 물질의 한계에서 0이 된다. Over the frequency range of interest, the conductivity of the material that constitutes the object

, The skin depth of the substance

To be considered long (that is,

Is longer than the characteristic size of the object,

Is sufficiently lower than the characteristic size of the lossy portion of the object,

And

(here

Is a magnetic field) can substantially transmit an object. If so, these finite-

Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; and / or &lt; / RTI &gt;

Is the volume of the lost adult body,

Is the square value of the spatial mean of the electric field. Therefore, at low conductivity limits, the dissipated power is proportional to the conductivity and becomes zero at the limit of the non-conductive (pure dielectric) material.

이, 물질의 표피 깊이가 짧은 것으로 여겨질 수 있기에 충분히 높다면, 전자기장

및

은 물체를, 단지 짧은 거리만큼만 투과할 수 있다(즉, 전자기장은 물질의 "표피(skin)"에 가까이 머무른다. 여기서

는 물체의 손실성 부분의 특성 두께보다 작다). 이 경우, 물질 내부에서 유도되는 전류는 물질 표면에, 대략 표피 깊이 내로, 집중될 수 있으며, 이 전류의 크기는, (입사 전자기장의 형태에 의해 결정되며, 주파수와 전도율에 무관하게, 전도체의 두께가 표피-깊이보다 훨씬 더 크다) 표면 전류 밀도 K(x, y)(여기서, x와 y는 표면을 파라미터화하는 좌표이다)와 표면으로 지수 감쇄하는 함수

(이때, z는 표면에 수직인 좌표)의 곱에 의해 근사될 수 있다:

. 그 후, 소산 전력(dissipated power)

이, Over the frequency range of interest, the conductivity of the material that constitutes the object

Is sufficiently high that the skin depth of the material can be considered to be short,

And

(Ie, the electromagnetic field stays close to the "skin" of the material), where

Is less than the characteristic thickness of the lossy portion of the object). In this case, the current induced inside the material can be concentrated on the surface of the material, roughly within the skin depth, and the magnitude of this current (determined by the shape of the incident electromagnetic field, Surface current density K (x, y) (where x and y are the coordinates that parameterize the surface) and the function of exponentially decaying to the surface

(Where z is the coordinate perpendicular to the surface): &lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt;

. Thereafter, dissipated power &lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt;

this,

에 의해 추정될 수 있다.

Lt; / RTI &gt;

Thus, at high conductivity limits, the dissipated power is inversely proportional to the square root of the conductivity and becomes zero at the limit of the fully conductive material.

이 유한인 경우, 물질의 표피 깊이

는 물체를 약간 침투할 수 있으며, 물체의 크기와 전자기장의 강도에 따라, 상기 물체 내부에서, 임의의 전력량이 소산될 수 있다. 이 기재는 서로 다른 속성 및 전도율을 갖는 복수의 서로 다른 물질을 포함하는 물체(가령, 물체의 내부에서 전도율의 불규칙적 비균질 및 이방성 분포를 갖는 물체)의 일반적인 경우를 기재하도록 일반화될 수 있다. Over the frequency range of interest, the conductivity of the material that constitutes the object

Is finite, the skin depth of the material

Can slightly penetrate an object, and any amount of power can be dissipated within the object, depending on the size of the object and the strength of the electromagnetic field. This substrate can be generalized to describe the general case of an object comprising a plurality of different materials having different properties and conductivities (e.g., an object having irregular heterogeneity and anisotropic distribution of conductivity within the interior of the object).

The size of the loss mechanism described above may vary not only with respect to the position and orientation of the external object relative to the resonant field but also with the material composition of the external object. For example, the high conductivity material can shift the resonant frequency of the resonator, and the frequency can be detuned from other resonant objects. This frequency shift value can be fixed, for example, by applying to the resonator a feedback mechanism that modifies the frequency of the resonator through changes in inductance and / or capacitance of the resonator. By using variable capacitances and inductances, in some cases, this change can be realized by changing the geometry of the parasitic elements of the resonator. Other novel tuning mechanisms that will be described below may also be used to change the resonator frequency.

가 낮을 수 있으며, 이러한 외부 물체 및 물질 내부에서 공진자 에너지가 흡수되는 것을 제한하기 위한 조치가 취해진다. 소산 전력이 전기장 및 자기장의 강도에 따라 달라지기 때문에, 소스 공진자에서 더 짧은 희미한 공진자 장 테일(field tail)을 갖고 장치 공진자에서 더 긴 공진자 장 테일을 가짐으로써, 다른 물체가 존재하는 경우에 소스의 교란된

가 최적화될 수 있도록 하는(또는 장치의 교란된

가 최적화될 필요가 있을 경우에는, 그 반대로) 희망 결합이 얻어지도록 시스템을 설계함으로써, 시스템 성능을 최적화할 수 있다. When the external loss is high,

And measures are taken to limit the absorption of resonator energy within such external objects and materials. Because the dissipated power depends on the strength of the electric field and the magnetic field, by having a shorter faint resonant field tail in the source resonator and a longer resonant field tail in the device resonator, If the disturbed source

(Or &lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; perturbed &lt;

The system performance can be optimized by designing the system so that the desired combination is obtained.

Many common external materials and objects (e.g., people, animals, plants, buildings, etc.) can have low conductivity and thus have little effect on the wireless energy delivery scheme of the present invention. An important fact associated with the self-resonator design of the present invention is that the electric field can be largely confined to the resonator structure itself and thus is generally accepted for human safety, while providing wireless power exchange across mid-range distances. It is possible to operate within the guideline to be taken.

Reduced  Electromagnetic interaction Resonator

를 갖는 물질(이때,

이며,

및

는 각각, 투자율의 허수부와 실수부)이 또한, 그들 내부에 소산되는 작은 전력량만 가질 수 있다. 비교적 고전도율을 갖는 금속 물질, 가령, 구리, 은, 금 등은 그들 내부에 소산되는 전력을 거의 갖지 않을 수 있는데, 왜냐하면, 앞서 말한대로, 전자기장이 이들 물질을 실질적으로 투과할 수 없기 때문이다. 이러한 초고전도율 물질 및 초저전도율 물질, 저손실 탄젠트 물질 및 물체는 자기 공진자의 손실에 거의 영향을 미치지 않을 수 있다. The range of frequencies of interest for short-range wireless transmission is 10 kHz to 100 MHz. In this frequency range, various common non-metallic materials, such as some types of wood and plastics, can have relatively low conductivities so that only a small amount of power can be dissipated within these materials. Incidentally, a low-loss tangent,

Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt;

Lt;

And

The imaginary part and the real part of the permeability, respectively) may also have only a small amount of power dissipated therein. Metal materials with relatively high conductivity, such as copper, silver, gold, etc., may have little power dissipated therein because, as noted above, electromagnetic fields can not substantially transmit these materials. Such ultra high conductivity materials and ultra low conductivity materials, low loss tangent materials and objects may have little effect on the loss of the self-resonator.

를 상당한 크기만큼 감소시킬 수 있으며, "손실성 물체(lossy object)"라고 지칭될 수 있다 However, in the frequency range of interest, any electronic circuit, which may have suitable conductivity (generally of inhomogeneous and anisotropic) and / or moderately high loss tangent and which may have a relatively high dissipation loss, and materials such as any low- An object exists. A relatively large amount of electric power can be dissipated within them. These materials and objects dissipate sufficient energy,

Can be reduced by a significant amount and can be referred to as a "lossy object"

에 미치는 손실성 물질의 영향을 감소시키기 위한 하나의 방법은 고전도율 물질을 이용하여, 공진자 장이 손실성 물체를 피하도록 상기 공진자 장을 성형하는 것이다. 고전도율 물질을 이용하여, 전자기장이 손실성 물체의 인접부를 피하도록 상기 전자기장을 재단(tailor)하는 프로세스는, 고전도율 물질을 장을 편향시키거나 재-성형(reshape)하는 물질로서 시각화시킴으로써, 이해될 수 있다. 이 그림은 전도체의 두께가 표피-두께보다 더 큰 한 질적으로 올바른 것인데, 왜냐하면, 바람직한 전도체의 표면에서의 전자기장의 경계부 상태는, 전자기장을 전도체 표면에 거의 완벽하게 수직이도록, 그리고 자기장을 전도체 표면에 거의 접선을 이루도록 할 것이기 때문이다. 따라서 수직 자기장 또는 접선 전기장이 전도체 표면으로부터 "멀리 편향(deflected away)"될 것이다. 덧붙여, 장의 공급원과 전도성 표면의 상대적 위치에 따라서, 접선 자기장 또는 수직 전기장은, 자신의 하나의 측에서 및/또는 전도체 표면의 수직 위치에서, 크기가 감소될 수 있다. Resonator

One way to reduce the effect of the lossy material on the resonance field is to use the high conductivity material to shape the resonance field so that the resonance field avoids the lossy object. Using a high conductivity material, the process of tailoring the electromagnetic field so that the electromagnetic field avoids the proximal portion of the lossy object can be accomplished by visualizing the high conductivity material as a material that deflects or reshapes the field, . This figure is qualitatively correct as long as the thickness of the conductor is greater than the skin-thickness, because the boundary condition of the electromagnetic field at the surface of the desired conductor is such that the electromagnetic field is almost perfectly perpendicular to the conductor surface, This is because we will make almost a tangent line. The vertical or tangential electric field will therefore be "deflected away" from the conductor surface. In addition, depending on the relative position of the source and the conductive surface of the field, the tangential magnetic field or vertical electric field can be reduced in size at one of its sides and / or at the vertical position of the conductive surface.

의 초기에는 균일한 외부 자기장에서의, 손실성 유전 물질(1804) 위와 아래에 위치하는 2개의 고전도율 표면(1802)의 유한 요소 방법(FEM) 시뮬레이션을 도시한다. 시스템은 r=0 축을 중심으로 방위각 대칭적이다. 이 시뮬레이션에서, 약 z=±0.01m에서 백색 선으로 나타나는 바와 같이, 손실성 유전 물질(1804)은, 2개의 전도체(1802) 사이에 끼워진다. 유전체 디스크 위와 아래에 전도성 표면이 없는 겨우, (그려진 자기장 라인으로 표현되는) 자기장은 본질적으로 균일하게(직선이며 z-축과 평행하게) 유지될 것이며, 이는 자기장이 손실성 유전체 물질을 직선으로 통과할 것임을 나타낸다. 이 경우, 손실성 유전체 디스크에서 전력이 소산될 것이다. 그러나 전도성 표면이 존재하는 경우, 이 시뮬레이션은 자기장이 재성형되는 것을 보여준다. 자기장은 전도체의 표면에 접하게 되며, 따라서 전도성 표면(1802) 주변에서 편향되고, 이로써, 전도체 표면 뒤에 위치하거나 전도체 표면 사이에 위치하는 손실성 유전체 물질(1804)에 소산될 수 있는 전력량이 최소화될 수 있다. 본원에서 사용될 때, 전기적 대칭 축이란, 에너지 교환 동안, 불변 또는 시변하는 전기장 또는 자기장의 대칭 중심인 임의의 축을 지칭할 수 있다. For example, FIG.

(FEM) simulation of two highly conductive surfaces 1802 located above and below the lossy dielectric material 1804 at a uniform external magnetic field at the beginning of the lossy dielectric material 1804. The system is azimuthally symmetric around the r = 0 axis. In this simulation, the lossy dielectric material 1804 is sandwiched between the two conductors 1802, as indicated by the white line at about z = ± 0.01 m. In the absence of a conductive surface above and below the dielectric disk, the magnetic field (represented by the drawn magnetic field lines) will remain essentially uniform (straight and parallel to the z-axis), since the magnetic field passes through the lossy dielectric material in a straight line . In this case, power will dissipate in the lossy dielectric disk. However, when a conductive surface is present, this simulation shows that the magnetic field is remoulded. The magnetic field is brought into contact with the surface of the conductor and thus is deflected around the conductive surface 1802 so that the amount of power that can be dissipated in the lossy dielectric material 1804 located behind or in between the conductor surfaces can be minimized have. As used herein, an electrical symmetry axis may refer to any axis that is the center of symmetry of an electric field or magnetic field that is invariable or variable during energy exchange.

를 상당히 개선하기에 충분할 수 있다. Similar effects are observed when only one conductive surface is used on or under the dielectric disk. In the case of a thin dielectric disk, the fact that the electric field at the surface is zero, essentially continuous, and close to the surface smoothly means that the electric field is very low anywhere near the surface (i.e. inside the dielectric disk). Single-surface implementations for deflecting the resonator field away from the lossy object may be desirable in situations where both sides of the lossy material or object can not be covered (e.g., an LCD screen). Even in the case of very thin surfaces of conductive material at depth-level (pure copper has a skin depth of 6.78 MHz to ~ 20 μm, 250 kHz to 100 μm), the resonator

Lt; / RTI &gt;

공진자가 일체 구성될 수 있는 장치의 부품일 수 있다. 다음에서 나열되는 여러 가지 기법에 의해, 이들 손실성 물질 및 물체로 소산되는 에너지가 감소될 수 있다:The lossy external material and the object are high-

The resonator may be part of a device that can be integrated. By the various techniques listed below, the energy dissipated by these lossy materials and objects can be reduced:

Placing the lossy material and the object away from the resonator or in a special position and orientation relative to the resonator,

- using high conductivity materials or structures to partially or completely cover the lossy materials and objects located near the resonator,

- placing a closed surface of high conductivity (such as a sheet or mesh) around the lossy object to completely cover the lossy object and to form the resonance field so that the resonance field avoids the lossy object ,

Placing the surface of the highly conductive material (e.g., sheet or mesh) only around a portion of the lossy object (e.g., the top, bottom, sides, etc. of the object or material)

- placing one surface (e.g., sheet or net) of high conductivity material above or below the lossy object, or on one side, to reduce the strength of the field at the location of the lossy object.

19 shows a capacitive load loop inductor that forms a self-resonator 102 and a disk-shaped surface 1802 of a highly conductive material. The loop inductor completely envelops the lossy object 1804 located therein. Some lossy objects may be components (such as electronic circuits) that can be communicated or connected with the external environment and thus can not be completely autonomously isolated. The lossy material partially covered with the high conductivity material can still reduce the external loss while allowing the lossy material or object to function properly.

20 illustrates a capacitive load loop inductor used as a resonator 102 and a surface 1802 of a highly conductive material, the loop inductor wraps only a portion of the lossy object 1804 located within itself.

By placing a single surface of a highly conductive material on, on, or below a lossy object or material, the external loss may be reduced but not completely removed. 21, a capacitive load loop inductor is used as the resonator 102 and a surface 1802 of the high conductivity material is disposed within the inductor loop located below the lossy object 1804, The strength of the field at the position of the object can be reduced. It may be desirable to cover only one side of a substance or object, taking into account cost, weight, assembly complexity, airflow, visual access, physical access, and the like.

A single surface of the high conductivity material can be used to avoid an object (e.g., an LCD or plasma screen) that can not cover or cover both sides. Using an optically transmissive conductor, such a lossy object can be avoided. Instead of, or in combination with, an optically transmissive conductor, a highly conductive, optically opaque material may be disposed on a portion of the lossy object. Whether a single-sided covering or a multi-sided covering embodiment is appropriate and the design trade-off inherent therein is based on the details of the wireless energy delivery scenario, Depending on the nature of the.

를 개선하기 위해 고전도율 표면을 이용하는 하나의 예를 기재하겠다. 도 22는 무선 프로젝터(2200)를 도시한다. 상기 무선 프로젝터는 장치 공진자(102C), 프로젝터(2202), 무선 네트워크/비디오 어댑터(2204) 및 전력 변환 회로(2208)를 포함할 수 있다. 상기 장치 공진자(102C)는 표면을 감싸도록 배열되는 3-회(three-turn) 전도체 루프와 커패시터 망(2210)을 포함할 수 있다. 전도체 루프는, 상기 장치 공진자(102C)가 자신의 동작 공진 주파수에서 하이-

(가령 >100)를 갖도록 설계될 수 있다. 완전 무선 프로젝터(2200)에 일체 구성되지 전에, 이 장치 공진자(102C)는, 6.78㎒의 지정 동작 공진 주파수에서 약 477의

를 가진다. 일체 구성하고, 무선 네트워크/비디오 어댑터 카드(2204)를 공진자 루프 인덕터의 중심에 배치시킨 후, 공진자의

는 약 347까지로 감소되었다.

에서

까지로의 감소 요인 중 일부는 무선 네트워크/비디오 어댑터 카드를 교란시킬 때의 손실이었다. 앞서 언급된 바와 같이, 자기 공진자(102C)와 연계된 전자기장이 무선 네트워크/비디오 어댑터 카드(2204) 내에 전류를 유도할 수 있으며, 이러한 전류는, 카드를 구성하는 손실성 물질의 저항성 손실에서 소산될 수 있다. 공진자의

는, 공진자 인근에 위치하는 물체 및 물질의 조성, 위치 및 배향에 따라 여러가지로 영향받을 수 있다. Now, m, the Q-insensitivity of the integral self-resonator used in the wireless energy delivery system

Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 > a &lt; / RTI &gt; high conductivity surface. Fig. 22 shows a wireless projector 2200. Fig. The wireless projector may include a device resonator 102C, a projector 2202, a wireless network / video adapter 2204 and a power conversion circuit 2208. [ The device resonator 102C may include a three-turn conductor loop and a capacitor network 2210 arranged to surround the surface. The conductor loop is configured such that the device resonator 102C has a high-

(E.g., &gt; 100). Before being integrated into the all-in-one wireless projector 2200, the apparatus resonator 102C has a frequency of about 477

. And after placing the wireless network / video adapter card 2204 in the center of the resonator loop inductor,

Was reduced to about 347.

in

Some of the factors that led to the loss of the wireless network / video adapter card were disturbed. As mentioned previously, the electromagnetic field associated with the self-resonator 102C can induce current in the wireless network / video adapter card 2204, which can cause dissipation in the resistive loss of the lossy material constituting the card . Resonator

Can be affected in various ways depending on the composition, position, and orientation of the objects and materials located near the resonator.

가 거의 444인

까지로 개선됐다. 다시 말하자면, 구리 포켓을 이용하여 공진자 장을 손실성 물질로부터 멀리 편향시킴으로써, 외부 네트워크/비디오 어댑터 카드에 의해 초래되는 교란(perturbation) 때문인

의 감소의 대부분이 제거될 수 있다. In the example of a fully wireless projector, with a thin copper pocket, covering the network / video adapter card (covering the top and bottom of the wireless network / video adapter card with a folded copper sheet, except for the communication antenna)

Almost 444

. In other words, by using a copper pocket to deflect the resonant field away from the lossy material, the perturbation caused by the external network / video adapter card

Can be eliminated.

와 거의 동일한

가 제공되었다. 이 예에서, 공진자 장을 손실성 어댑터 카드로부터 멀리 편향시키도록 단일 고전도율 시트를 이용함으로써, 시스템의 높은 교란

가 유지될 수 있다. In one full wireless project example, by covering the bottom of the network / video adapter card with a single copper sheet,

Almost identical to

&Lt; / RTI &gt; In this example, by using a single high conductivity sheet to deflect the resonant magnetic field away from the lossy adapter card,

Can be maintained.

전자기 공진자를 포함하는 장치의 일부분인 손실성 물질 또는 물체를, 상기 공진자에 의해 발생되는 장이 비교적 약한 곳에, 위치 또는 배향시켜서, 이들 물체에 전력이 거의, 또는 전혀 소산될 수 없도록 하여, Q-무감도(insensitivity)인

가 클 수 있도록 하는 것이 바람직할 수 있다. 앞서 설명된 바와 같이, 서로 다른 전도율의 물질이 전기 대 자기장(electric versus magnetic field)에 서로 다르게 반응할 수 있다. 따라서 외부 무체의 전도율에 따라서, 위치 결정 기법(positioning technique)이 장(field)별로 특수화될 수 있다. Hi-

A lossy material or an object that is a part of an apparatus including an electromagnetic resonator is positioned or oriented in a relatively weak field generated by the resonator so that electric power can not be dissipated in these objects with little or no power, Insensitivity

May be desirable. As previously described, materials of different conductivities may react differently to the electric versus magnetic field. Thus, depending on the conductivity of the external body, the positioning technique can be specialized for each field.

Figure 23 shows the magnitude of the magnetic field 2314 along with one line including the diameter of the circular loop inductor resonating at 10 MHz and the magnitude of the magnetic field 2314 and the magnitude of the magnetic field 2314 in the capacitive load circular loop inductor of the inductor of radius 30 cm Shows the magnitude of the electric field 2318 and the magnetic field 2320 along the axis of the loop inductor. The amplitudes of the resonant near fields reach their maximum near the conductors and attenuate as they move away from the loops 2312 and 2314. In the plane of the loop inductors 2318 and 2320, the field reaches a local maximum at the center of the loop. Thus, given the finite size of the device, it can be said that the field is the weakest at the extremum of the device, or the field size is at the local minimum at somewhere inside the device. This claim is also true for any other type of electromagnetic resonator 102 and any type of device. Illustrations are shown in Figs. 24A and 24B. Where the capacitive load inductor loop forms the self-resonator 102, and the extrinsic lossy object 1804 is located where the electromagnetic field has the minimum magnitude.

는 6.78㎒의 지정 동작 공진 주파수에서 약 619였다. 이러한 공진자의 교란된

는, 공진자에 대한 교란 물체(이 경우에서는 포켓 프로젝터)의 위치에 따라 달라졌다. 교란을 일으키는 프로젝터가 인덕터 루프 내부에서, 인덕터 권선의 중심 또는 상부에 위치할 때,

는 약 96이었으며, 이는, 교란을 일으키는 프로젝터가 공진자의 외부에 위치했을 때(이 경우,

는 약 513)보다 낮은 값이다. 이러한 측정치는 인덕터 루프 내부의 장이 인덕터 외부의 장보다 클 수 있어서, 이러한 루프 인덕터 내부에 위치하는 손실성 물체가, 손실성 물체가 루프 인덕터 외부에 위치하는 경우보다, 더 낮은 교란

를 산출할 수 있다는 분석을 뒷받침한다. 공진자 설계와 물질 조성 및 손실성 물체의 배향에 따라서, 도 24b에 도시된 배열은, 도 24a에 도시된 배열에서보다, 더 높은 무감도(insensitivity)인

를 산출할 수 있다.In the experimental example, the self-resonator was formed using a three-turn conductor loop and a capacitor network surrounding a square surface (with rounded corners).

Was about 619 at the designated operation resonance frequency of 6.78 MHz. The disturbed

Depends on the position of the disturbed object (in this case, the pocket projector) relative to the resonator. When the disturbing projector is located in the inductor loop, in the center or top of the inductor winding,

Was about 96, which means that when the disturbing projector is located outside the resonator (in this case,

Is about 513). These measurements indicate that the field inside the inductor loop may be larger than the field outside the inductor so that the lossy object located inside the loop inductor is less disturbed than when the lossy object is located outside the loop inductor

Of the respondents. Depending on the resonator design and material composition and the orientation of the sacrificial object, the arrangement shown in Fig. 24B has a higher insensitivity than the arrangement shown in Fig. 24A

Can be calculated.

공진자가 장치 내부에 일체 구성될 수 있다. 고유전율, 고투자율, 또는 고전기전도율의 외부 물질 및 물체가. 상기 하이-

공진자가 일체 구성되는 장치의 일부분일 수 있다. 하이-

전자기 공진자 인근에 위치하는 이들 외부 물질 및 물체에 있어서, 공진자에 대한 이들의 크기, 위치 및 배향에 따라서, 공진자 장-프로파일(field profile)이, 공진자의 본래의 교란되지 않은 장-프로파일로부터 상당히 왜곡되거나 일탈될 수 있다. 외부 물체 및 물질이 무손실성(lossless)인 경우, 이러한 공진자의 교란되지 않은 장의 왜곡은

를 더 낮은

로 상당히 감소시킬 수 있다. Hi-

The resonator may be integrated into the device. External materials and objects with high dielectric constant, high permeability, or high electrical conductivity. The high-

The resonator may be part of an integrated device. Hi-

For these external materials and objects located in the vicinity of the electromagnetic resonator, depending on their size, position and orientation relative to the resonator, the resonant field profile may be defined as the original undisturbed field-profile of the resonator Which may be significantly distorted or deviated from. If the external object and material are lossless, the distortion of the unperturbed field of such a resonator

Lower

. &Lt; / RTI &gt;

전자기 공진자를 포함하는 장치의 일부분인 고전도율 물체를, 이들물체의 표면이 가능한 한, 교란되지 않은 공진자에 의해 생성된 전자기 라인에 수직이고, 상기 교란되지 않은 공진자에 의해 생성된 자기장 라인에 평행하도록 하는 배향으로, 배치시켜서, 공진 장 프로파일이 가능한 최소한으로 왜곡되도록 하는 것이 바람직할 수 있다.Hi-

A high conductivity object, which is part of an apparatus comprising an electromagnetic resonator, is arranged so that the surface of these objects is as perpendicular to the electromagnetic line produced by the unperturbed resonator as possible, So that the resonance field profile is distorted to the minimum possible.

은 물체가 공진기 필드에 관하여 다른 방향으로 위치된 경우에 보다 커질 수 있다.Other shared objects that can be placed perpendicular to the plane of the magnetic resonator loop include a screen (LCD, plasma, etc.), a battery, a case, a connector, a radiating antenna, and the like. Q-free of the resonator,

May be greater if the object is located in a different direction with respect to the resonator field.

을 증가시키기 위해, 배치 또는 삽입될 수 있는 영역을 피하도록 하는 것이 효과적일 수 있다. 도 25에, 여기서 용량성-부하 루프 인덕터 및 커패시터가 공진기(102)로 사용되고, 고-전도성 재료(1802)의 표면이 인덕터 루프의 상부에 배치되어 공진기 상부 영역에서 필드의 세기를 감소시키는 예가 도시되며, 여기서 손실 무관 물체(1804)가 배치 또는 삽입될 수 있다.Lossless materials and materials (which are not part of an integrated device including a high-Q resonator) can be located or moved near the resonator, for example during use of the device. In order to reduce the power consumption of these materials and objects using a high conductivity material to adjust the resonator field in a particular environment,

It may be effective to avoid regions that can be placed or inserted. An example in which the capacitive-load loop inductor and capacitor are used as the resonator 102 and the surface of the high-conductive material 1802 is disposed on top of the inductor loop to reduce field strength in the resonator upper region is shown in Fig. 25, Where the loss-free object 1804 can be placed or inserted.

로 이어질 수 있다는 것에 주의한다. 교란되는 Q 에서의 감소는 전도체의 표면에서 필드 바운더리 조건과의 매칭과 연관된 에너지 소비에 기인할 수 있다. 따라서, 고-전도성 표면이 무관 손실 물체 내부의 소비에 기인한 무관 손실을 줄이는 데 사용될 수 있고, 일부의 경우에, 특히 전자기장을 현저히 재형성함으로써 이것이 획득되는 경우에, 필드가 손실 물체를 피하도록 이러한 고-전도성 표면을 사용하는 것은 원하는 결과

보다는

를 효과적으로 발생할 수 있다.The high-conductivity surface, which is sent near the resonator for the re-formation of the field,

&Lt; / RTI &gt; The reduction in disturbed Q can be attributed to the energy consumption associated with the matching with the field boundary conditions at the surface of the conductor. Thus, a high-conductive surface can be used to reduce the no-conduction loss due to consumption inside the non-ductile body, and in some cases, especially if this is achieved by significantly reforming the electromagnetic field, Using such a high-conductive surface results in the desired result

Rather than

Can be effectively generated.

As described above, the disturbing quality factor of the self-resonator in the presence of the loss-inducing object can be improved when the electromagnetic field associated with the self-resonator is reformed to avoid the loss-inducing object. Another method for the reconstruction of the perturbed resonator field is to use a high permeability material to completely or partially surround or cover the loss inducing object, thereby reducing the interaction of the loss inducing object with the magnetic field.

의 쉘이 초기에 균일한 자기장

에 배치되면, 이후에 쉘 내부의 필드가 일정한 크기,

를 가질 것이며, 이는

이 되는 경향이 있다. 이러한 결과는, 쉘이 매우 얇은 경우에, 자기 투자율이 충분히 높다고 가정하면, 입사 자기장(입사 자기장이 필수적인 것은 아님)이 쉘 내부에서 크게 감쇄할 수 있다는 것을 보여준다. 소정의 환경에서, 부분적으로 또는 전체적으로 손실 재료 및 물체에 대한 고 투자율 재료를 사용하여 이들이 공진기 자기장을 피하고 이러한 재료 및 물체에서 전력이 거의 또는 전혀 손실되지 않도록 하는 것이 효과적일 수 있다. 이러한 접근법에서, Q-무감응성,

은 재료 및 물체가 덮이지 않는 경우에 보다 커질 수 있고, 가능한 1 보다 크다.Magnetic shielding methods have previously been disclosed, for example, in Electrodynamics 3rd edition (Jackson, pp. 201-203). Therein, a spherical shell of a magnetically permeable material is described to shield the interior from the external magnetic field. For example, the inner radius a, the outer radius b, and the relative permeability

Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; initially &lt; / RTI &gt;

The field inside the shell is formed in a predetermined size,

Lt; / RTI &gt;

. This result shows that the incident magnetic field (but not the incident magnetic field) can be greatly attenuated inside the shell, assuming that the magnetic permeability is sufficiently high, in the case of a very thin shell. In certain circumstances, it may be effective to use high permeability materials for the lossy material and the object, either partially or totally, so that they avoid the resonator magnetic field and that little or no power is lost in such materials and objects. In this approach, Q-notensitive,

Can be larger when the material and the object are not covered, and is larger than possible 1.

It may be desirable to protect both electrical and magnetic fields from loss inducing objects. As described above, one method of forming a field in this manner is to use a high-conductive surface to completely or partially surround or cover the loss inducing object. A layer of magnetically permeable material (also any material or meta-material having a magnetic permeability that is not negligible, also referred to as a magnetic material) may be disposed on or around the high-conductivity surface. The additional layer of magnetic material can be provided with a low magnetoresistance path (compared to free space) so that a deflected magnetic field can follow and partly shield the underlying electric conductor from incident flux. This arrangement can reduce losses due to induced current in the high-conductivity surface. In some circumstances, the magnetoresistive path presented by the magnetic material can improve the disturbing Q of the structure.

에서 유래하며, 여기서 이들은 r=3에서 r=10까지 1cm 간격으로 이격된다. 예를 들어, 이러한 전도성 실린더가 도 19에 도시된 것과 같은 무선 에너지 전달 시스템 내의 자기 공진기에 의해 경계가 정해진 영역 내에서 손실-유도 물체를 둘러싸는 것으로 가정한다. Figure 26a shows a thin conductive 2604 (copper) disk (diameter of 20 cm, height of 2 cm) exposed to an external applied magnetic field (gray flux line) initially uniform along the z-axis. The symmetry axis is located at r = 0. The illustrated magnetic stream lines

, Where they are spaced 1 cm apart from r = 3 to r = 10. For example, it is assumed that this conductive cylinder surrounds the loss-inducing object within the bounded area by the self-resonator in the wireless energy delivery system as shown in Fig.

This high-conductive sealing material can increase the disturbance Q of the lost object and thus increase the total disturbance Q of the system, but because disturbance Q is a change in the profile of the electromagnetic field and loss induced in the conductive surface, Can still be smaller. The reduction of the companion Q associated with the high-conductivity sealing material can be at least partially restored by including a layer of magnetic material along the outer surface or surfaces of the high-conductivity sealing material. 26B shows an axial symmetric FEM simulation of a thin conductive 2604A (copper) disk (20 cm diameter 2 cm high) from Fig. 26A, which shows an additional layer of magnetic material disposed directly on the outer surface of the high- I have. Note that the presence of magnetic material provides a low magnetoresistance path for the magnetic field, thereby at least partially protecting the lower conductor and reducing losses due to induced eddy currents in the conductor.

Figure 27 shows the variation (axis-symmetry observation time) for the system shown in Figure 26, where all of the loss material 2708 is not covered by the highly conductive surface 2706. [ It may be useful in certain circumstances to cover only one side of a material or an object, for example, due to cost, weight, assembly complexity, airflow, visual access, physical access, 27, only one surface of the loss material 2708 is covered, and a resonator inductor loop is disposed on the opposite side of the highly conductive surface.

,가 1,870이다. 고 전도성 밀봉재가 실제 상대 투자율

과, 가상 상대 투자율

을 가지는 자기 재료의 0.25cm 두께의 층을 포함하도록 변경되면, 시뮬레이션은

으로 교란되는 퀄러티 팩터가 증가하는 것을 보여준다.A mathematical model is used to simulate a highly conductive seal made of copper shaped like a two-centimeter-high cylindrical disk placed within a confined area by a magnetic resonator. Where the inductive element of the magnetic resonator is a single-winding loop, with a loop radius r = 11 cm and a winding radius a = 1 mm. Simulations for an applied 6,78 MHz electromagnetic field show that the disturbed quality factor of the high-

, Is 1,870. When the high conductivity sealing material has an actual relative permeability

And a virtual relative permeability

Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; cm &lt; / RTI &gt; thick layer of magnetic material having

And the quality factor that is disturbed by the increase of the quality factor.

The performance improvement due to the addition of the thin film of the magnetic material 2702 becomes more pronounced when the high-conductivity sealing material fills a large part of the region bounded by the loop inductor 2704 of the resonator. In the above example, by adding a thin film of magnetic material 2702 around the outside of the sealing material when the radius of the inductor loop 2704 is reduced to a distance of 3mm from the surface of the high-conductivity sealing material, the disturbance quality factor is 670 (Only a sealing material) to 2,730 (a conductive sealing material containing a thin film of a magnetic material).

The resonator structure can be designed to have a very limited electric field using, for example, shielding, or distributed capacitors that exhibit high effectiveness, even when the resonator is typically very close to the material from which the losses are induced.

Coupled  Electromagnetic resonator

에 의해 결정될 수 있다. 자기 공진기 구현예에서, 두 공진기 사이의 커플링 팩터는 공진기들, L1 및 L2 각각의 유도성 소자의 인덕턴스 및,

에 의한, 이들 사이의 상호 인덕턴스, M에 관련될 수 있다. 이러한 식은 전기-다이폴 커플링을 통해 무시할 수 있는 커플링이 존재하는 것을 가정한다. 인덕터 루프가 N번 감긴 원형 전도성 루프에 의해 형성되고, 거리 D 만큼 이격되며, 도 1(b)d 도시된 것과 같이 배향되는, 용량성-부하 인덕터 루프 공진기에 관하여, 상호 인덕턴스는

이고, 여기서

및

는 각각 제 1 및 제 2 공진기의 전도체 루프의 권선의 특징적 크기 및 수이다. 이는 쿼시-스테틱 결과이고, 따라서 공진기의 사이즈가 파장보다 훨씬 작고, 공진기의 거리가 파장보다 훨씬 작다는 것이 주의한다. 그러나, 또한 이들의 거리는 이들의 사이즈 적어도 수배이다. 쿼시-스테틱 제한에서 그리고 중간-범위 거리에서 동작하는 이러한 원형 공진기에 관하여, 전술한 것과 같이,

이다. 중간-범위 거리에서 공진기 사이의 강한 커플링(큰 U)은 중간-범위 거리에서 작은 k를 보상하기에 충분히 크다. The energy efficiency between the two resonators is strong - coupling figure - of - merit,

Lt; / RTI &gt; In a magnetic resonator embodiment, the coupling factor between the two resonators is determined by the inductance of the inductive elements of each of the resonators, L1 and L2,

M, &lt; / RTI &gt; This equation assumes that there is negligible coupling through the electro-dipole coupling. With respect to a capacitive-load inductor loop resonator in which the inductor loop is formed by a N-folded circular conductive loop, spaced apart by a distance D and oriented as shown in FIG. 1 (b), the mutual inductance is

, Where

And

Are characteristic sizes and numbers of windings of the conductor loops of the first and second resonators, respectively. Note that this is a quasi-static result, so the size of the resonator is much smaller than the wavelength and the distance of the resonator is much smaller than the wavelength. However, their distances are also at least several times their size. With respect to these circular resonators operating in quasi-static limits and at mid-range distances, as described above,

to be. The strong coupling between the resonator (large U) at mid-range distances is large enough to compensate for small k at mid-range distances.

For an electromagnetic resonator, when two resonators comprise a conductive portion, the coupling mechanism may be one in which a current is induced on one resonator due to the electric and magnetic fields generated relative to one another. The coupling factor may be proportional to the magnetic flux of the magnetic field generated from the high-Q inductive element in one resonator across the hermetically sealed region of the high-Q inductive element of the second resonator.

With inductive interaction Coupled  Electromagnetic resonator

을 유지하고, 총 무관 손실을 줄인다. 그러나, 이러한 표면은 또한, 교란된 커플링 팩터, k(p)보다 작고 공진기에 관한 고 전도성 재료의 사이즈, 위치 및 배향에 의존하는 공지들 사이의, 교란된 커플링 팩터,

로 이어질 수 있다. 예를 들어, 고 전도성 재료가 평면에 그리고 무선 에너지 전달 시스템 내의 자기 공진기 중 적어도 하나의 유도성 소자에 의해 경계가 정해진 영역 내에 배치되는 경우에, 커플링을 중재하는 공진기 영역을 통과하는 일부 자속이 차단되고, k가 감소할 수 있다.As described above, a highly conductive material surface is used to form the resonator field to avoid the lossy object, p, near the resonator, thereby providing a high Q-

, And reduces total joint loss. However, such a surface also has a disturbed coupling factor between the disturbed coupling factor, k (p) and the known size, position and orientation dependence of the highly conductive material with respect to the resonator,

Lt; / RTI &gt; For example, when a highly conductive material is disposed in a plane and in an area bounded by at least one inductive element of a magnetic resonator in a wireless energy delivery system, some of the flux passing through the coupling- And k can be reduced.

가 더 작아진다. 그러나 편향된 자기장 라인은 고 전도성 표면의 에지를 밀접하게 뒤따르고, 디스크의 경계를 정하는 루프를 통과하는 자속의 감소는 루프의 영역에 대한 디스크의 표면 영역의 비율보다 작을 수 있다.Consider the example of Fig. 19 again. In the absence of a highly conductive disk seal, a predetermined amount of external magnetic flux may traverse the boundary region of the loop. In the presence of a highly conductive disk seal, some of these magnetic fluxes can be deflected or interrupted, and can be longer across the area of the loop,

. However, the deflected magnetic field lines closely follow the edges of the highly conductive surface, and the reduction in magnetic flux through the loop bounding the disk may be less than the ratio of the surface area of the disk to the area of the loop.

High conductivity material structures can be used alone or in combination with magnetic materials to optimize disturbed quality factors, disturbed coupling factors or disturbed efficiency.

,은 약 1이고, Q-무감응성

은 매우 작다. 따라서 U-무감응성

이 작을 수 있다. Consider the example of FIG. It is assumed that the lost object has the same size as the size of the capacitive-load inductor loop resonator. So we fill this area A 2102. A highly conductive surface 1802 may be disposed below the lost object 1804. This both a resonator (1) a system of two coupled resonators (1, 2), and echoed, how the U _{12 (object + cond. Surfac)} determined in comparison with U ₁₂ as the area As 2104 of the conductive surfaces increases Consider it. In the absence of a conductive surface beneath the lost object 1804, the k-

, &Lt; / RTI &gt; is about 1, and Q-

Is very small. Therefore, U-

Lt; / RTI &gt;

의 전체 영역을 덮는 경우에,

는 제로에 접근한다. 왜냐하면 자속이 인덕터 루프를 통과하는 것이 거의 허용되지 않기 때문이다. 따라서

가 제로에 접근할 수 있다. 고 전도성 표면의 중간 사이즈에 관하여, 표면적 손실의 억제 및 관련 Q-무감응성,

이

에 비하여 충분히 클 수 있고, 커플링의 감소가 현저하고 관련 k-무감응성,

이

보다 훨씬 작지 않을 수 있기 때문에, 총

가

와 비교하여 증가할 수 있다. 무선 에너지 전달 시스템 내에서 고 전도성 표면을 거친 무관 손실 물체의 회피의 최적 정도는 시스템 구성 및 응용의 세부사항에 의존할 수 있다.The high conductive surface of the lower part of the lossy object is connected to the inductor loop resonator

In the case of covering the entire area of the substrate,

Approaches zero. Because flux is hardly allowed to pass through the inductor loop. therefore

Can approach zero. With respect to the intermediate size of the highly conductive surface, the inhibition of the surface area loss and the associated Q-

this

And the reduction of the coupling is remarkable, and the k-

this

Since it may not be much smaller than the total

end

. &Lt; / RTI &gt; The optimal degree of avoidance of no-conduction-loss objects through a highly conductive surface in a wireless energy delivery system may depend on the details of system configuration and application.

As a possible way to obtain a high disturbance Q for the system, using a highly conductive material, completely or partially surrounds or encloses the loss inducing object in the vicinity of the high-Q resonator. However, covering an object with a good conductor alone can reduce the coupling of the resonator, as described above, thereby reducing the efficiency of wireless power transmission. As the area of the conductive surface approaches the area of the magnetic resonator, for example, a disturbance coupling factor, k (p), approaches zero and a conductive surface that is incompatible with effective wireless power transfer can be used.

The additional layer of permeable material provides a low magnetoresistive path (relative to free space) followed by a deflected magnetic field, and can partially shield the underlying electrical conductor from the incident magnetic flux. Under some circumstances, the low magnetoresistance path provided by the magnetic material can improve the electromagnetic coupling of this resonator to other resonators. The reduction of the disturbance coupling factor associated with using the conductive material to adjust the resonator field so that they are in the high-Q self-resonator and avoiding the attentional loss object includes the layer of magnetic material along the outer surface or surfaces of the conductive material At least partially. The magnetic material can increase the disturbance coupling factor compared to the initial disturbance value.

It should be noted that the simulation results in Fig. 26 show that the incident magnetic field can be less deflected by the conductive material than by the conductive structure alone by the magnetic material and the conductive structure overlapping. When a magnetic resonator loop having a radius slightly larger than the radius of the disk shown in Figs. 26 (a) and 26 (b) delimits the disk, more magnetic flux lines are obtained in Fig. 26 b), so that k (disk) will be larger for the case shown in Fig. 26 (b). Thus, including a layer of magnetic material on a conductive material can improve overall system performance. System analysis can be performed to determine whether the material should be integrated, partially, in whole or at least, in the resonator.

이며, 가상 상대 투자율이

인 자기 재료 층을 모델링한다. 전술한 것과 동일한 모델 및 파라미터를 사용하여, 커플링 팩터 무감응성이 전도체의 표면에 자기 재료를 부가함으로써 0.64로 개선되었다는 것을 알 수 있다.27 shows an overlapping conductor 2706 and magnetic material 2702 structure suitable for use when both the lossy material 2708 are not covered by the conductor and / or magnetic material structure. For a copper conductor disk with a diameter of 20 cm and a height of 2 cm, with an inductor loop radius of 11 centimeters and a resonator with a wire diameter a = 1 mm, the disturbance Q calculated for the copper cylinder is 1,870 Respectively. Calculate that the copper conductor has an associated coupling factor non-responsiveness of 0.34 when the resonator and the conductive disk shell are placed in a uniform magnetic field (aligned along the symmetry axis of the inductor loop). For comparison, the same batch, however, 0.25 cm thick, actual relative permeability

, And the virtual relative permeability

Magnetic material layer. Using the same model and parameters as described above, it can be seen that coupling factor insensitivity improved to 0.64 by adding magnetic material to the surface of the conductor.

을 가지는 자기 재료의 중실형 구를 고려한다. 이러한 예에서, 자기 재료에 의해 제공된 저 자기저항 경로가 자기장을 구의 볼륨 내에 집중되도록 할 수 있다. 구의 이큐에이터에 의해 경계가 정해진 영역을 통과하는 자속이

의 팩터 만큼, 자기 재료의 부가에 의해 강화된다.

인 경우에, 이러한 강화 팩터는 3에 가까워질 수 있다.The magnetic material can place the magnetic material within the bounded area by the magnetic resonator to increase coupling in the wireless energy transfer system. Relative permeability disposed in the initial uniform magnetic field,

Of the magnetic material. In this example, the low magnetoresistance path provided by the magnetic material can cause the magnetic field to be concentrated in the volume of the sphere. The magnetic flux passing through the bounded region by the eccentric of the sphere

By the addition of the magnetic material.

, This enhancement factor can approach 3.

It can also be demonstrated that the dipole moment of the system including the magnetic field bounded by the inductive element in the magnetic resonator has a magnetic dipole reinforced by the same factor. Thus, a magnetic field having a high magnetic permeability actually triples the dipole magnetic coupling of the resonator. In the case of using a spherical shell of magnetic material having an inner radius a and an outer radius b, it is desirable to maintain most of this increase in coupling even when such a shell is present on top of a block or seal made of a highly conductive material It is possible. In this case, the strengthening of the magnetic flux passing through the eccentrer is as follows.

이고

이면, 이러한 강화 팩터는 여전히 2.73이고, 따라서 자기 재료의 박막을 이용하는 경우에도 커플링을 현저히 향상시키는 것이 가능하다.

ego

, This enhancement factor is still 2.73, and therefore it is possible to significantly improve coupling even when a thin film of magnetic material is used.

을 가지는 것으로 가정함)의 2mm 층으로 전체가 덮인 두 개의 20cm x 80cm x 2cm 의 구리로 만들어진 평행 6면체를 포함한다. 드라이빙 루프에서의 저항성 손실은 무시된다. 각각의 구조물은 815의 계산된 Q를 가진다. As described above, a magnetic material-containing structure can be used to realize the magnetic resonator. 16 (a) shows a three-dimensional model of the copper and magnetic material structure 1600, which is driven by a square loop of current around the choke point at the center. Figure 16 (b) shows the interaction indicated by the magnetic field stream lines between two identical structures 1600A-B having the same properties as those shown in Figure 16 (a). Because of symmetry, and to reduce computational complexity, only half of the system is modeled. By fixing the relative orientation between the two objects and changing their center-to-center distance (the illustrated image has a relative spacing of 50 centimeters), at 300 kHz, the spacing between structures varies from 30 centimeters to 60 centimeters Thus, it can be seen that the coupling efficiency is changed from 87% to 55%. The exemplary structures shown as 1600 AB are each coupled to a 4 cm x 4 cm x 2 cm block of magnetic material,

And a parallelepiped made of two 20 cm x 80 cm x 2 cm of copper covered entirely with a 2 mm layer of copper (assumed to have copper). The resistance loss in the driving loop is neglected. Each structure has a calculated Q of 815.

Electromagnetic resonator and impedance matching

Impedance Matching Architecture for Low-Loss Inductive Devices

For the purposes of the present invention, an inductive element may be any coil or loop structure ("loop") of any conductive material and may or may not include a core made of magnetic material (with or without gaps) , Or in any other noncontact manner or inductive coupling to other systems. The element is inductive, because the impedance of the element, which has both the impedance of the loop and the so-called "reflective &quot; impedance of any potentially connected system, has a positive reactance X and a resistance R.

External circuits to which inductive elements can be connected, such as drive circuits or drive loads or transmission lines, are contemplated. An external circuit (e.g., a drive circuit) can deliver power to an inductive element and an inductive element can deliver power to an external circuit (e.g., a drive load). The efficiency and amount of power transferred between the inductive element and the external circuit at the desired frequency may depend on the impedance of the inductive element with respect to the properties of the external circuit. Impedance-matching network and external circuit control techniques can be used to regulate power transfer between the external circuitry and the inductive element at a desired frequency, f.

를 가지는 공진 네트워크를 구동할 때, 최대 효율(즉, 구동 회로 내에 최소 손실을 가짐)에서 전력을 전달할 수 있다. 여기서, Zo는 복소수일 수 있고 *는 켤레 복소수를 나타낸다. 외부 회로는 클래스 A, B, C, D, DE, E, F 등의 정류기를 형성하도록 구성된 구동 부하일 수 있으며, 특정한 임피던스

를 가지는 공진 네트워크에 의해 구동될 때, 최대 효율(즉, 구동 부하 내에 최소 손실을 가짐)에서 전력을 전달할 수 있다. 여기서, Zo는 복소수일 수 일 수 있다. 외부 회로는 특성 임피던스, Zo를 가지는 송신 라인일 수 있고, 임피던스

에 연결될 때, 최대 효율(즉 제로 반사를 가짐)에서 전력을 교환할 수 있다. 외부 회로의 특성 임피던스 Zo를 임피던스의 켤레 복소수라 칭하고, 이는 최대 효율에서 전력 교환을 위해 연결될 수 있다.The external circuit may be a drive circuit configured to form an amplifier, such as a class A, B, C, D, DE, E, F,

(I. E., Has a minimum loss in the drive circuit) when driving a resonant network having a high efficiency. Here, Zo can be a complex number and * denotes a complex conjugate. The external circuit may be a drive load configured to form a rectifier such as Class A, B, C, D, DE, E, F,

(I. E., Has a minimum loss in the drive load) when driven by a resonant network having a &lt; / RTI &gt; Here, Zo can be a complex number. The external circuit may be a transmission line having a characteristic impedance, Zo,

The power can be exchanged at maximum efficiency (i.e., with zero reflection). The characteristic impedance Zo of the external circuit is called the conjugate complex of the impedance, which can be connected for power exchange at maximum efficiency.

와 매우 다르다. 예를 들면, 유도성 소자가 저 손실(하이 X/R), 저항 R을 가지는 경우에, 외부 회로의 특성 임피던스 Zo의 실수부보다 훨씬 작을 수 있다. 나아가, 유도성 소자는 자체적으로 공진 네트워크가 아닐 수 있다. 유도성 소자에 연결된 임피던스-매칭 네트워크는 공진 네트워크를 생성하는 것이 일반적이며, 이의 임피던스가 조절될 수 있다. Typically, the impedance of the inductive element, R + jK,

. For example, when the inductive element has low loss (high X / R) and resistance R, it may be much smaller than the real part of the characteristic impedance Zo of the external circuit. Furthermore, the inductive element may not itself be a resonant network. The impedance-matching network coupled to the inductive element typically generates a resonant network, and its impedance can be adjusted.

Thus, the impedance-matching network can be designed to minimize the efficiency of power transferred between the external circuitry and the inductive element (including the reflected impedance of any connected system). The efficiency of the delivered power can be maximized by matching the combination of the impedance-matching network and the inductive element with the characteristic impedance of the external circuit (or transmission line) at the desired frequency.

An impedance-matching network can be designed to deliver a specific amount of power between an external circuit and an inductive element (including the reflected impedance of an arbitrarily connected system). The transmitted power can be determined at a desired frequency by adjusting the complex ratio of the impedance of the combination of the impedance-matching network and the inductive element to the impedance of the external circuit (or transmission line).

An impedance-matching network coupled to the inductive element can generate the magnetic resonator. For some applications, such as wireless power transmission using a strongly coupled magnetic resonator, a high Q may be desirable for the resonator. Thus, the inductive element can be selected to have a low loss (high X / R).

Since the matching circuit typically includes an additional source of losses within the resonator, the components of the matching circuit may also be selected to have low losses. Furthermore, due to the high resonator Q and / or in the high-power applications, a large amount of current can flow in a portion of the resonator circuit and a high voltage can exist across some circuit elements in the resonator. These currents and voltages may exceed the tolerance specified for a particular circuit element and may be too high for a particular component to withstand. In some cases, components such as tuned capacitors having size, cost, and performance (loss and current / voltage-rating) specifications that are sufficient to implement, for example, high-Q and high power resonator designs for a given application, It can be difficult to find or implement. Methods, implementations, and techniques that are capable of conserving high Q for a magnetic resonator while at the same time reducing component requirements for low loss and / or high current / voltage-ratings.

A matching-circuit topology can be designed that minimizes losses and current-grade requirements for some of the elements of the matching circuit. The topology of the circuit that matches the low-loss inductive element for the impedance Zo can be chosen such that some of its components are placed in series with the external circuit and placed outside the associated high-Q resonator. The requirement for low series loss or high current-rating for these components can be reduced. Relaxing low series loss and / or high current-grade requirements for circuit elements may be particularly useful when the device needs to be variable and needs to have a large voltage-rating and / or low parallel loss have.

The topology of the circuit that matches the low-loss inductive element to the external characteristic impedance Zo can be chosen such that the field pattern of the associated resonant mode and hence the high Q are conserved upon coupling of the resonator to the external impedance. In addition, an ineffective coupling to the desired resonant mode can occur (potentially due to coupling with other unwanted resonant modes), resulting in reduced efficiency of the resonator Q.

For applications where the low-loss inductive element or the external circuit exhibits strain, the matching circuit needs to be dynamically adjusted to match the inductive element at the desired frequency f for the external circuit impedance Zo. At the desired frequency f, there are two tunable elements in the matching circuit, since there are typically two tuned objects that match and control both the real and imaginary parts of the impedance level Zo. For the inductive element, the matching circuit needs to include at least one variable conductive element.

The low-loss inductive element can be matched by two variable capacitors, or a topology using two networks of variable capacitors. The variable capacitor may be, for example, an adjustable butter having a center terminal for connection to a ground or other lead of the power or load, for example, and at least one other terminal (the capacitance of the adjustable butterfly-type capacitor is changed or adjusted) A fly-type capacitor, or a user-configurable, any other capacitor with a variable capacitor.

The low-loss inductive element may be matched by a topology using one of the variable capacitors (s) or one of their networks and the variable inductor (s) or their networks.

The low-loss inductive element may be matched by one or more of the variable capacitors (s), a network of them, and a topology using one or more of the variable mutual inductance (s) The transducer-couple couplings.

In some cases, it may be difficult to find or implement a tunable lumped element with sufficient size, cost, and performance specifications to realize high-Q, high-power, and potential high-speed, tuned resonator designs. The topology of the circuit that matches the variable inductive element and the external circuit is part of the variability by changing the frequency, amplitude, phase, waveform, duty cycle, etc. of the drive signal applied to the transistor, diode, Can be designed to be allocated.

The change in resistance, inductance L, and inductance L of the inductive element at the resonant frequency can only be partially compensated or totally compensated. Appropriate system performance can therefore be conserved to the limits allowed by other system components or specifications. It may be sufficient to be partially tuned using a small number of tuning components or a tuning component with low availability.

The matching circuit architecture can be designed to achieve the desired variability of the impedance matching circuit under high power conditions, while minimizing the voltage / current rating requirements for the regulated device and providing a precise (i.e., finer, higher resolution) Full adjustment capability can be achieved. The topology of the circuit that matches the inductive element to the impedance, Zo, includes the appropriate combination and placement of fixed and variable elements, so that the voltage / current requirement for the variable component is reduced and the desired adjustment range is covered with fine adjustment resolution . The voltage / current requirements may be reduced for non-variable components.

The disclosed impedance matching architecture and techniques can be used to obtain the following:

Maximize the power delivered from the power driven generator to the source low-loss inductive element (and any other system connected to them wirelessly), or minimize impedance mismatch between them

- Maximize the power delivered from the device low-loss inductive element (and any other system connected to them wirelessly) with a power drive load, or minimize impedance mismatch between them

Transfer a controlled amount of power from the power driven generator to the source low-loss inductive element (and any other system connected to them wirelessly), or obtain a predetermined impedance relationship therebetween

- With a power-driven generator, delivering a controlled amount of power from the device low-loss inductive element (and any other system connected to them wirelessly) or acquiring a predetermined impedance relationship therebetween.

mode  profile( Hi -Q) for the preservation of Topology

The resonator structure can be designed to be connected wirelessly (indirectly) or hard-wired (directly) to the generator or load.

Consider a typical indirect connection matching topology (e.g., as shown by the block diagram in Figure 28 (a)). Inductive elements 2802, referred to as (R, L), and inductive elements 2802 represented by circuit symbols relating to inductors may be used in the inductive elements described herein or in the references provided herein Where the impedance-matching circuit 2402 includes or consists of parts A and B, B may be part of a matching circuit that couples the impedance 2804 to the rest of the circuit (A and the inductive element A + (R, L)) via a wireless connection (inductive or capacitive coupling mechanism).

A and the inductive element 2802 can form the resonator 102, which, when isolated, has a related current and charge distribution and supports a high-Q resonator electromagnetic mode. The absence of a wired connection between the external circuits Zo and B and the resonator A + (R, L) is such that the high-Q resonator electromagnetic mode and its current / charge distribution are not parasitic (non- Isolation) profile can be taken. That is, the electromagnetic mode, the current / charge distribution and thus the high-Q of the resonator can be automatically maintained using an indirectly coupled matching topology.

This matching topology may be referred to as indirect coupling, transducer-coupling, or inductive coupling when inductive coupling is used between an external circuit and an inductor loop. This type of coupling scenario was used to couple the power supplied to the source resonator and the device resonator to the demonstration bulb of the wireless energy connection for the mid-range distance described in the referenced Science paper.

Next consider an example in which the inductive element includes an inductive element and any indirectly coupled system. In this case, as described above, due to the lack of a wired connection between the resonator and the external circuit or the coupled system again, the coupled system utilizes a good approximation of the degree of indirect coupling to the resonator electromagnetic Mode profile and the current / charge distribution of the resonator. Thus, the indirect-coupled matching circuit works equally well with any conventional inductive element as part of the resonator, as is the case with inductively-coupled elements that are wirelessly coupled to other systems, as defined below can do. Throughout this disclosure, a matching topology refers to a matching topology for this type of general purpose inductive element, i.e., where any additional system can be indirectly coupled to the low-loss inductive element, Electromagnetic mode profile, and current / charge distribution of the resonator.

Based on the above discussion, it should be appreciated that, in a wireless power transmission system of any number of coupled source resonators, device resonators and intermediate resonators, the wireless (inductive) coupling between the resonators is dependent on the electromagnetic mode profile and of each of the resonators Current / charge distribution is not affected. Thus, when these resonators have a high (unloaded and undisturbed) Q, their (unloaded and undisturbed) Q can be preserved in the presence of the wireless coupling. (The unloaded Q of the resonator may be reduced in the presence of the radio coupling to the other resonator, but may be interested in preserving the unloaded Q, which is related only to the loss mechanism and to the coupling / Note that this does not happen.)

Consider a matching topology such as that shown in Figure 28 (b). The capacitor shown in Fig. 28 (b) may represent a capacitor circuit or a network. The illustrated capacitors may be used to form the resonator 102 to adjust the frequency and / or impedance of the source and device resonators. This resonator 102 may be coupled directly to the impedance Zo using a port termed "terminal connection" 2808. [ Figure 28 (c) shows a generalized direct coupling matching topology, where the impedance-matching circuit 2602 comprises or consists of portions A, B and C. The circuit elements in the A, B, and C portions may be considered a portion of the resonator 102, as is a portion of the impedance matching 2402 (and frequency tuning) topology. B, and C may be part of a matching circuit 2402 that connects the impedance Zo 2804 (or network terminal) to the rest of the circuit (A and inductive element) through a single wire connection, respectively. B and C may be empty (short-circuit). In the case of discontinuing or opening circuit portions B and C (i.e., their single wire connections), the combination of A and inductive elements R, L may form a resonator.

The high-Q resonator electromagnetic mode may be that the profile of the voltage distribution along the inductive element is a node, i. E., A point where the voltage is zero. One node may be close to the center of the length of the inductive element (e.g., the center of the conductor used to form the inductive element) (with or without magnetic material), and at least one other node may be in A have. The voltage distribution may be nearly non-symmetrical along the inductive element with respect to the voltage node. High-Q can be maintained by designing matching topologies A, B, C and / E so that these high-Q resonator electromagnetic mode distributions can be nearly conserved in inductive elements, terminal voltages V1, V2 . The high-Q resonator electromagnetic mode distribution can be substantially conserved in the inductive element by conserving the voltage node (located almost at the center) of the inductive element. An example for achieving this design goal is provided herein.

A, B, and C may be amorphous (i.e., have no particular symmetry), and V1 and V2 may be selected such that the voltage across the inductive element is symmetrical (the voltage node of the center inductive). These results can be obtained using simple matching circuits but potentially complex terminal voltages. Because the topology-dependent common-mode signal (V1 + V2) / 2 may be needed at both terminals.

Considering the 'axis' connecting all the voltage nodes of the resonator, again one node approaches the center of the path of the inductive element and the other element in A. (Note that the axis is actually a set of points (voltage nodes) in the electro-circuit topology and need not correspond to the linear axis of the actual physical structure. The axis can be aligned with the physical axis if the physical structure has symmetry. If the impedance seen between each of the two points and the axial point, i.e. the voltage-node point of the resonator, is equal, then the two points of the resonator are electrically symmetrical about the axis.

)의 임의의 두 포인트에 연결될 수 있다. 두 개의 전기적으로 대칭인 공진기(102)의 포인트는 인덕터 루프 상의 두 개의 전기적으로 대칭인 포인트일 수 있다. 두 개의 전기적으로 대칭인 공진기의 포인트는 A 내부의 전기적으로 대칭인 포인트일 수 있다. 두 개의 전기적으로 대칭인 포인트가( 동일한 부분 B 및 C가 각각 연결됨) A 내부에 존재하는 경우에, A는 이러한 전기적-대칭 포인트가 회로 내의 연결 포인트로서 접속될 수 있도록 디자인 될 필요가 있다. 이러한 토폴로지는 '밸런스드 드라이브(균형 구동)' 토폴로지라 할 수 있다. 이러한 밸런스드 드라이브 예는 접지 라인 상에 존재하는 임의의 공통-모드 신호가 외부 회로 또는 전력 네트워크에서의 교란에 기인하여 자동으로 거절( 그리고 공진기에 도달하지 않음)되는 이점을 가진다. 일부 밸런스드 드라이브 예에서, 이러한 토폴로지는 다른 토폴로지보다 더 많은 컴포넌트를 필요로 한다.B and C can be the same (C = B) and both terminals are driven with the opposite voltage (V2 = -V1), as shown in Figure 28 (d) Resonator (

&Lt; / RTI &gt; The points of the two electrically symmetric resonators 102 may be two electrically symmetrical points on the inductor loop. The point of the two electrically symmetric resonators may be an electrically symmetrical point inside A. If two electrically symmetrical points are present in A (where the same parts B and C are respectively connected), A needs to be designed so that these electrically-symmetric points can be connected as connection points in the circuit. This topology is a 'balanced drive' topology. This balanced drive example has the advantage that any common-mode signal present on the ground line is automatically rejected (and does not reach the resonator) due to disturbances in the external circuit or power network. In some balanced drive examples, this topology requires more components than the other topologies.

In another example, C may be selected to be a short circuit, a corresponding terminal to be connected to ground (v = 0) and any point on the electrical symmetry (zero-voltage) axis of the resonator, , B may be selected to be connected to any other point of the resonator other than the electrically symmetric axis. The ground-connection point on the electrical symmetry axis may be a voltage node on the inductive element and may be close to the center of the conductor path. A ground-connection point on the electrical symmetry axis may be present in circuit A. If a ground-connection point on the electrical symmetry axis is present in A, then A needs to be designed to include this single point on an electrically connectable, connectable, symmetrical axis.

) 내부를 흐르는 훨씬 큰 전류에 비하여, 작은 전류가 B 및 접지를 통과하는 것이 필요하기 때문이다. 이러한 시나리오에서, 공진기 모드에 대한 교란이 약해지고 전압 노드의 위치가 유도성 소자의 거의 중심 위치에 위치할 수 있다. 이러한 언밸런스드 드라이브 예는 이들이 간단한 매칭 회로를 사용하여 획득될 수 있고, V1 단자에서 구동 전압에 대한 제약사항이 없다는 장점을 가질 수 있다. 일부 언밸런스-구동 예에서, 접지 단자에 나타날 수 있는 공통 모드 신호들을 감소시키도록 추가적인 설계가 요구될 수 있다.This topology can be referred to as an " unbalanced drive &quot; topology. Electromagnetic modes along the inductive element The nearly non-symmetrical voltage distribution can be nearly conserved if the resonance is not exactly symmetrically driven Because high Q and large relative R-to-Zo mismatches occur in the resonator

Because a small current needs to pass through B and ground, as compared to a much larger current through the inside. In such a scenario, the perturbation to the resonator mode may be weakened and the position of the voltage node may be located at approximately the center of the inductive element. Such an unbalanced drive example may have the advantage that they can be obtained using a simple matching circuit, and there is no constraint on the drive voltage at the V1 terminal. In some unbalanced-drive examples, additional design may be required to reduce common-mode signals that may appear at the ground terminal.

A directly connected impedance matching circuit, generally including portions A, B, C shown in Figure 28C, ensures that the wires and components of the circuit do not disturb the electric and magnetic field profiles of the electromagnetic modes of the inductive element and / , And the high resonator Q can be preserved. The wires and metal components of the circuit may be oriented perpendicular to the electric field lines of the electromagnetic mode. The wires and components of the circuit can be placed in a weak field of electric and magnetic fields of the full mode.

Structure for relieving low-serial-loss and high-current-rated requirements of elements

이고, 단자에 흐르는 전류는 유도형 요소를 통과하는 전류보다 훨씬 작다. 따라서, 단자들과 직렬로 직접 연결되는 요소(가령, 도 28c에 도시되는 직접 연결된 B, C)는 높은 전류를 운반하지 못할 수 있다. 그후, 매칭 회로가 손실형 요소를 가질 경우, 단자들과 직렬로 연결된 요소들에 존재하는 저항성 손실은 공진자의 하이-Q의 상당한 감소를 도출하지 못할 수 있다. 즉, 이러한 직렬 요소들에서의 저항성 손실은, Z₀로부터 유도형 요소까지, 또는 그 역방향으로 파워 전송의 효율을 크게 감소시키지 못할 수 있다. 따라서, 저-직렬-손실 및/또는 고-전류 정격에 대한 엄격한 요건들이 이러한 구성요소들에 대해 필요치 않을 수 있다. 일반적으로, 이와 같이 완화된 요건들은, 하이-Q 및 하이-파워 임피던스 매칭 및 공진자 구조로 설계될 수 있는 구성요소들의 선택 폭을 넓힐 수 있다. 이와 같이 완화된 요건들은 하이-Q 및 하이-파워 임피던스 매칭 회로에 사용될 수 있는 다양한 가변적 및/또는 고압 및/또는 저-병렬-손실 구성요소들을 확장시키는데 특히 도움이 될 수 있다. If the matching circuit used to match the small resistance R of the low-loss inductive element to the larger characteristic impedance Z ₀ of the external circuit can be considered to be lossless,

, And the current flowing through the terminal is much smaller than the current passing through the inductive element. Thus, elements directly connected in series with the terminals (e.g., B and C directly connected as shown in Fig. 28C) may not carry high currents. Then, if the matching circuit has a lossy element, the resistive loss present in the elements connected in series with the terminals may not result in a significant reduction in the resonator's Hi-Q. That is, the resistive losses in these series elements may not significantly reduce the efficiency of power transfer from Z ₀ to the inductive element, or vice versa. Thus, stringent requirements for low-serial-loss and / or high-current ratings may not be required for these components. In general, such relaxed requirements can broaden the selection of components that can be designed with high-Q and high-power impedance matching and resonator structures. These relaxed requirements may be particularly helpful in extending various variable and / or high voltage and / or low-parallel-loss components that may be used in high-Q and high-power impedance matching circuits.

Structure for relieving the low-parallel-loss and high-pressure rating requirements of the element

As described above, if the matching circuit used to match the small resistance R of the low-loss inductive element to the larger characteristic impedance Z ₀ of the external circuit is not lost, then using the foregoing analysis, the following result Can be obtained.

And, for a low-loss (high-X / R) inductive element, the voltage across the terminals is typically much less than the voltage across the inductive elements. Thus, elements directly connected in parallel to the terminals may not have to withstand high pressures. Then, when the matching circuit has the lossy elements, the resistive loss present in the elements connected in parallel to the terminal may not lead to a substantial reduction in the high-Q of the resonator. That is, the resistive loss of such parallel elements may not significantly reduce the efficiency of power transfer from Z ₀ to the inductive element or vice versa. Thus, stringent requirements for low-parallel-loss and / or high-voltage ratings may not be required for these components. In general, such relaxed requirements can broaden the selection of components that can be designed with high-Q and high-power impedance matching and resonator structures. These relaxed requirements can be particularly helpful in expanding the various variable and / or high-current and / or low-serial-loss components that can be used in high-Q and high-power impedance matching and resonator circuits .

The above design principles can reduce current and voltage for various elements differently. This is because they present various uses of networks connected in series with Z ₀ (for example, B or C in series) or networks connected in parallel to Z ₀ . The preferred architecture for a given application may depend on the availability of low-serial-loss / high-current-rated or low-parallel-loss / high-voltage-rated components.

A combination of fixed and variable elements for alleviating high-rating requirements for variable elements and for deriving fine tuning possibilities

Circuit structure

Various circuit elements with satisfactory low-loss and high-voltage or current ratings are expensive and difficult to secure. In the context of this disclosure, a combination of fixed and variable elements can be assigned to a fixed element in a circuit such that a large voltage or current is applied to mitigate the voltage and current rating requirements for the variable elements in the circuit, The impedance matching structure will be described.

The variable circuit elements may have a larger tuning range than is required by a given impedance-matching application, and in such cases, it may be difficult to obtain precise tune resolution using only those elements of such a large tuning range. In this disclosure, we describe an impedance-matching structure that includes a combination of fixed and variable elements so that more precise tuning resolution can be achieved using the same variable elements.

Therefore, a structure using a combination of fixed and variable elements can bring about two advantages at the same time. That is, the voltage or current reduction between the sensitive tuning components of the circuit and the finer tuning resolution can be obtained. The maximum achievable tuning range may be related to the maximum reduction in voltage or current between the tunable components in the circuit design.

ELEMENT TOPOLOGIES

A single variable circuit-element (which is the opposite of the network of the above-described elements) uses a combination of fixed and variable components connected in series or in parallel to achieve a reduction in the rated requirements of the variable components and a finer tuning resolution Or the like. This can be expressed mathematically by the following equation.

는 임의의 요소 값(가령, 커패시턴스, 인덕턴스)이고, X는 전압 또는 전류, "+부호"는 요소들의 적절한 조합(직렬-추가 또는 병렬-추가)을 표시한다.

에서의 첨자 포맷은 원형 유도 요소(가령, x, x₁, 등)에 의해 인클로징되는 영역의 반경과 구분을 위해 선택된다. At this time,

Is an arbitrary element value (e.g., capacitance, inductance), X is voltage or current, and a "+ sign" indicates an appropriate combination of elements (serial-added or parallel-added).

The subscript format at x is selected for discrimination from the radius of the area enclosed by the circular inducing element (e.g., x, x ₁ , etc.).

Furthermore, by using different types of variable elements in implementing a particular type of variable electrical element, this principle can be used when different types of variable elements are properly combined with other stationary elements.

In short, a structure optimization algorithm can be applied that determines the required number, placement, type, values of fixed and variable elements, and this required tunable range can be used as optimization constraints and / Minimizing the voltage is for optimization purposes.

Yes

In the following technique, we show different specific structure implementations for resonator design and impedance matching for low-loss inductive elements. In addition, we describe which of the principles described above is used, the equations that give values of the variable elements that can be used to achieve the match, the range of complex impedances that can be matched (both inequalities and Smith- ) Is shown for each structure. In this example, we assume that Z ₀ is a real number, but the extension to the characteristic impedance with non-zero imaginary part is intuitive and only provides a small adjustment of the requirements values of the components of the matching network. We will use a convention that the subscript n presents a normalization of Z ₀ (the division by) in quantities.

Figure 29 shows two of the impedance matching circuits connected to the transformer, wherein the two tunable elements are one capacitor and the mutual inductance between the two inductive elements. In Figure 29a X ₂ = ωL _2, even if the provisions in 29b to the _{X 2 = ωL 2 -1 / WC} 2, X = ωL, the requirements of the tunable element values are as follows.

In the structure of FIG. 29B, a particularly intuitive design may be to choose X ₂ = 0. In this case, this structure can be matched to an impedance that satisfies the following inequality.

This is illustrated by the area enclosed in bold solid lines on the Smith chart of Figure 29c.

Given a preselected fixed value M, we may use the matching structure with tunable C ₂ instead.

Figure 30 shows six examples af of a directly connected impedance matching circuit (two tunable elements are capacitors) and six instances hm of directly connected impedance matching circuits (two tunable elements are one capacitor and one Of the inductor). 30A, b, c, h, i, j, a common mode signal (and therefore a high Q) at the two terminals may be required to preserve the voltage node of the resonator at the center of the inductive element. These examples can be explained by the implementation of the general structure shown in Fig. The network of capacitors used herein generally refers to any circuit structure including one or more capacitors and may be implemented using capacitors or other equivalent or different circuit structures, Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; and / or &lt; / RTI &gt;

, 도 30b,e,i,l에 대해

, 도 30c,f,j,m에 대해

를 각각 규정하고, 이때, 심벌

는 "~의 병렬 조합"을 의미하며, 따라서,

이 성립한다. 그후, 도 30a-f에 대해 튜닝가능 요소들의 요건 값들은 다음과 같이 주어질 수 있다. 30A, d, h, k

, Fig. 30B, e, i, l

, Fig. 30C, f, j, m

Respectively, and at this time,

Quot; means "a parallel combination of"

. The requirement values of the tunable elements for Figs. 30A-F can then be given as follows.

And this structure can match the impedance that satisfies the inequality below.

This is illustrated by the area enclosed in bold solid lines on the Smith chart of Figure 30g. In Fig. 30h-m, the requirement values of the tunable elements can be given as follows.

Figure 31 shows three embodiments (a) - (c) of a directly coupled impedance-matching circuit in which two tunable elements are capacitors, wherein two tunable elements are directly connected to one capacitor and one inductor (E) - (g) of the combined impedance-matching circuit. In the case of the topology of Figs. 31 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g), the ground terminal is connected between two equal-value capacitors 2C1 The symmetry axis of the resonator) so that the voltage node of the resonator is kept at the center of the inductive element, and thus in the high-Q. This embodiment can be described as an implementation of the conventional topology shown in Figure 28 (e).

, 도 31(b),(f)의 경우

및 도 31(c),(g)의 경우

으로 각각 정의되며, 그 뒤

이다. 그 뒤, 도 31(a)-(c)의 경우, 튜닝가능한 요소의 필요 값은 다음과 같이 주어질 수 있다:31 (a) and 31 (e)

31 (b), and 31 (f)

And Figs. 31 (c) and 31 (g)

Respectively,

to be. Then, in the case of Figs. 31 (a) - (c), the required values of the tunable elements can be given as follows:

This topology can match impedances that satisfy the following inequality.

This is illustrated by the area surrounded by the bold line in the Smith chart of Figure 31 (d). In Figures 31 (e) - (g), the required values of the tunable elements can be given as follows:

Figure 32 shows three embodiments (a) - (c) of a directly coupled impedance-matching circuit in which two tunable elements are capacitors, wherein two tunable elements are directly connected to one capacitor and one inductor (E) - (g) of the combined impedance-matching circuit. In the case of the topology of FIGS. 32 (a), 32 (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g), the ground terminal is connected to the center of the inductive element, Quot; High-Q &quot;. This embodiment can be described as an implementation of the conventional topology shown in Figure 28 (e).

, 도 32(b)의 경우

및 도 32(c)의 경우

로 각각 정의되며, 그 뒤

이다. 그 뒤, 도 32(a)-(c)의 경우, 튜닝가능한 요소의 필요 값은 다음과 같이 주어질 수 있다:32 (a)

, In the case of FIG. 32 (b)

32 (c)

Respectively,

to be. Thereafter, in the case of Figures 32 (a) - (c), the required value of the tunable element can be given as:

는

으로 정의되고, L'는 인덕터 루프의 각각의 절반부의 인덕턴스이며, M'는 2개의 절반부들 사이의 상호 인덕턴스이며, 이러한 토폴로지는 다음의 부등식을 만족시키는 임피던스를 매칭할 수 있다. here,

The

L 'is the inductance of each half of the inductor loop, M' is the mutual inductance between the two halves, and this topology can match an impedance that satisfies the following inequality.

This is illustrated by the area surrounded by the bold lines in the Smith chart of Figure 32 (d). In Figures 32 (e) - (g), the required values of the tunable elements can be given as:

In the circuit of Fig. 30, 31, 32, a capacitor (C ₂₎ or the inductor (L ₂₎ (or two capacitors (2C ₂₎ or two inductors (L _2/2)) is composed of a terminal in series, a large There is no need to withstand current or have a small series-loss.

Figure 33 shows six embodiments (a) - (f) of a directly coupled impedance-matching circuit in which two tunable elements are capacitors, wherein two tunable elements are directly connected to one capacitor and one inductor (H) - (m) of the combined impedance-matching circuit. In the case of the topologies of FIGS. 33 (a), 33 (b), 33 (c) Lt; / RTI &gt; may be needed at two terminals to preserve &lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; This embodiment may be described as an implementation of the conventional topology shown in Figure 28 (c), where B and C are short-circuit and A is unbalanced. In the case of the symmetrical topology of Figures 33 (a), (b), (c), (h), (i) and (j), two terminals are connected to the center of the inductive element, Symmetrically (balanced drive) in order to conserve power. This embodiment may be described as an implementation of the conventional topology shown in Figure 28 (d), where B and C are short-circuit and A is balanced.

이고, 도 33(b),(e),(i),(l)의 경우

이며, 도 33(c),(f),(j),(m)의 경우

으로 각각 정의되고, 그 뒤

이다. 그 뒤, 도 33(a)-(f)의 경우 튜닝가능한 요소의 필요한 값들이 하기와 같이 주어질 수 있다. 33 (a), (d), (h), and (k)

33 (b), (e), (i), and (l)

33 (c), (f), (j), and (m)

Respectively,

to be. Thereafter, in Figures 33 (a) - (f), the necessary values of the tunable element can be given as follows.

This topology can match impedances that satisfy the following inequality

This is illustrated by the area surrounded by the bold lines in the Smith chart of Figure 33 (g). In Figures 35 (h) - (m), the required values of the tunable elements can be given as follows:

Figure 34 shows three embodiments (a) - (c) of a directly coupled impedance-matching circuit in which two tunable elements are capacitors, wherein two tunable elements are directly connected to one capacitor and one inductor (E) - (g) of the combined impedance-matching circuit. In the case of the topology of Figures 34 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g), the ground terminal is the center of the inductive element, Two backs are connected between the capacitors 2C ₂ (i.e., the symmetry axis of the main resonator) to preserve the voltage node. This embodiment can be described as an implementation of the conventional topology shown in Figure 28 (e).

이고, 도 34(b),(f)의 경우

이며, 도 34(c),(g)의 경우

으로 각각 정의되고, 그 뒤

이다. 그 뒤, 도 34(a)-(c)의 경우 튜닝가능한 요소의 필요한 값들이 하기와 같이 주어질 수 있다. 34 (a) and 34 (e)

, And in the case of Figs. 34 (b) and 34 (f)

, And in the case of Figs. 34 (c) and 34 (g)

Respectively,

to be. Thereafter, in Figs. 34 (a) - (c), the necessary values of the tunable elements can be given as follows.

This topology can match impedances that satisfy the following inequality.

This is illustrated by the area surrounded by the bold lines in the Smith chart of Figure 34 (d). In Figures 34 (e) - (g), the required values of the tunable elements can be given as:

Figure 34 shows three embodiments of a directly coupled impedance-matching circuit in which two tunable elements are capacitors. In the case of the topology of FIG. 35, the ground terminal may be connected to the center of the inductive element to preserve the point, hence the voltage node of the resonator in the high-Q. This embodiment can be described as an implementation of the conventional topology shown in Figure 28 (e).

이고, 도 35(b)의 경우

이며, 도 35(c)의 경우

으로 각각 정의되고, 그 뒤

이다. 그 뒤, 튜닝가능한 요소의 필요한 값들이 하기와 같이 주어질 수 있다. In the case of Fig. 35 (a)

, And in the case of FIG. 35 (b)

, And in the case of FIG. 35 (c)

Respectively,

to be. Then, the necessary values of the tunable element can be given as follows.

이고, k는

으로 정의되며, L'는 유도 요소의 각각의 절반부의 인덕턴스이고, M'은 2개의 절반부 사이의 상호 인덕턴스이다. 이러한 토폴로지는 다음의 부등식을 만족시키는 임피던스를 매칭할 수 있다. here,

And k is

L 'is the inductance of each half of the inductive element, and M' is the mutual inductance between the two halves. This topology can match impedances that satisfy the following inequality.

,

,

,

,

이고, here

ego,

This is because k = 0 in the case of FIG. 35 (d), k = 0.05 in the case of FIG. 35 (e), and in the Smith chart shown by k = do.

In the circuits of Figs. 33, 34 and 35, either the capacitor C ₂ or the inductor L ₂ (or one of the two capacitors 2C ₂ or one of the two inductors 2L ₂ ) So that it is not necessary to have a large voltage-rating. In the case of two capacitors 2C ₂ or inductor 2L ₂ , all these cases do not need to have a high voltage-rating because they have approximately the same current flow through them and therefore about the same voltage across them to be.

In the case of the topology of Figs. 30-35, the capacitor C ₃ is used, and the frequency and impedance can be tuned relatively finely by using the capacitor C ₃ . In the case of the topology of Figures 30-35, the use of a fixed capacitor C ₃ configured in series with the inductive element will result in a significant fraction of the high inductor-element voltage crossing the fixed capacitor C ₃ , The voltage rating requirements for other elements of the impedance matching circuit that can be varied can be mitigated. This topology may or may not be preferred depending on the availability, cost, and individuality of the appropriate fixed and tunable components.

In all of the above embodiments, a pair of equal-value variable capacitors without a common terminal is constructed using an array or group of collective types of capacitors or biased diodes or varactors, and an ensemble by tuning the values as an ensemble. A pair of equal-value variable capacitors including a common terminal may be constructed using a group or array of tunable butterfly-type capacitors or other tunable or variable capacitors or deflected diodes or varactors, Can be controlled by tuning the capacitance.

Another criterion that may be considered when selecting an impedance matching network is the response of the network to a frequency that is different from the preferred operating frequency. For example, signals generated in an external circuit to which an inductive element is coupled, such as a reflected signal of a switching rectifier or a driving amplifier of a switching amplifier, are monochromatic at the preferred frequency but may be periodic with the preferred frequency have. In some of these cases, it may be preferable to inhibit the magnitude of the relatively high-order harmonic introduced into the inductive element (e.g., to reduce the harmonic copy from this element). The choice of the impedance matching network may then be to sufficiently impede the magnitude of such harmonics introduced into the inductive element.

An impedance matching network is a circuit that is represented by an external circuit at a frequency greater than a fundamental harmonic, when the external periodic signal is a signal that can behave like a voltage-source signal (such as a driving signal of a class-D amplifier including a series resonant load) So that a relatively small current flows through the inductive element at a relatively high frequency. Between the topologies of FIGS. 30-35, it may be preferred to use a later inductor L ₂ since this inductor exhibits high impedance at higher frequencies.

The impedance matching network can be formed such that when the external periodic signal is a signal that can behave like a current-to-source signal, the impedance represented by the external circuit at a frequency greater than the fundamental harmonic is small, A small voltage is induced through the induction element. Between the topologies of FIGS. 30-35, it may be preferred to use a capacitor C ₂ thereafter, since this capacitor exhibits a low impedance at high frequencies.

Fig. 36 shows four embodiments of variable capacitance using a network of one variable capacitor and the remaining fixed capacitors. By utilizing this network topology, the total capacitance can be finely tuned. In addition, the topology of Figures 36 (a), (b), and (c) can be used to reduce the voltage across the variable capacitor because most of the voltage can be assigned to the fixed capacitor.

37 shows two embodiments of a variable capacitance using a network of one variable capacitor and a fixed capacitor. In particular, such a network may be provided for variable reactance, and values for the variable inductor at frequencies of interest may be used such that each network, which may be an effective variable capacitance, corresponds to a net negative variable reactance, respectively have.

Tunable elements such as tunable capacitors and tunable inductors can be mechanically tunable, electrically tunable, thermally tunable, and the like. Tunable elements include variable capacitors or inductors, varactors, diodes, Schottky diodes, reverse-biased PN diodes, varactor arrays, diode arrays, Schottky diode arrays, and the like . The diodes may be Si diodes, GaN diodes, SiC diodes, and the like. GaN and SiC diodes are particularly attractive for high power applications. The tunable element may be an electrically switched capacitor bank, an electrically switched and mechanically tunable capacitor bank, an electrically switched varactor-array bank, an electrically switched and transformer coupled inductor bank, and the like. The tunable element may be a combination of the elements listed above.

As described above, the efficiency of the power transfer between the coupled high-Q self-resonators depends on how the resonant frequency of the resonator closely matches and how its impedance can be properly matched to the power supply and power consumers in the system . &Lt; / RTI &gt; The resonant frequency and / or the input impedance of the high-Q self-resonator may vary due to various external factors including the state position of the external object or other resonator in the system and the change of the state position, May be needed to maintain a sufficient level of power transfer in various operating scenarios or environments.

The capacitance values of the proposed capacitors can be adjusted to adjust the impedance and / or the resonant frequency of the self-resonator. The capacitor may be adjusted electrically, mechanically, thermally or otherwise. These capacitors can be adjusted manually or automatically in response to the feedback signal. This capacitor can be adjusted to achieve a specific power transfer efficiency or other operating characteristics between the power supply and the power consumers.

The inductance values of the inductive element and the inductor in the resonator can be adjusted to adjust the frequency and / or impedance of the self-resonator. Impedance can be adjusted using a combined circuit including tunable capacitors, inductors, and adjustable components such as switches. Impedance can be adjusted using a transformer-coupled tuning circuit. Impedance can be adjusted by switching different parts of the conductor in and out of the inductive element and / or using ferromagnetic tuning and / or tuning, and the like.

The resonant frequency of the resonator can be adjusted to a relatively low or high frequency, or it can change a relatively low or high frequency. The input impedance of the resonator can be adjusted to a relatively low or high impedance value or it can change these values. The magnitude of the power delivered by the source and / or received by the device may be adjusted to a relatively high or low level of power, or it may vary. The amount of power that is delivered to the source and / or received by the device from the device resonator may be adjusted to a relatively high or low level of power, or it may change such power. The resonator input impedance, resonance frequency, and power level can be adjusted depending on the power consumer or consumers in the system and on the object or material around the resonator. The resonator input impedance, resonance frequency, and power level can be adjusted automatically or manually and can be adjusted in response to feedback of an algorithm or control signal.

The circuit elements can be connected directly to the resonator by physical and electrical contact and can be connected directly to the end of the conductor forming, for example, the terminal connector and / or the inductive element. The circuit elements may be disposed of, joined together, glued, crimped, welded or soldered, proximate to the conductors, attached using various electrical components, connectors or connection techniques. The power supply and power consumer may be connected directly or indirectly or inductively to the self-resonator. An electrical signal may be provided to the resonator through the terminal connection or may be obtained from the resonator.

In actual use of the principles disclosed herein, the actual values of the actual components (capacitors, inductors, resistors and the like) from the values calculated by the equations mentioned herein, the actual signals from the symmetric or non- (Such as the point of connection of the ground terminal adjacent to the center of the inductive element or "axis" point, etc.) of the points from the symmetry or otherwise proposed position It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that there are associated tolerances or acceptable deviations.

Examples

System block diagram

An embodiment of a Hi-Q resonator for a wireless power delivery system capable of supplying or charging wireless power in intermediate range intervals is disclosed. A high-Q resonator wireless power delivery system may also be a wireless power supply or charging device that includes different self-resonators in size, shape, composition, arrangement, and so forth, with any source resonator in the system.

Figures 1 (a) (b) show views of two exemplary two-resonator systems. Each of these exemplary systems has a single source resonator 102S or 104S and a single device resonator 102D or 104D. Figure 38 shows a block diagram of a system with several features highlighted. The wireless power supply or rechargeable device 2310 may include a device resonator 102D, a device power and control circuit 2304, and a power supply 2308, in addition to the device 2308 or devices to which DC or AC or all AC and DC power is delivered. And the like. The energy or power source for the system may include source power and control circuit 2302, source power source 102S, and the like. Device resonator 102D and device 2308 or devices that receive power from power and control circuitry 2304 can be any kind of device 2308 or devices as described above. The device resonator 102D and circuit 2304 are used to charge the battery of the devices / devices, to power the devices / devices directly, or to perform both when in the vicinity of the source resonator 102S / RTI &gt; devices / devices 2308 that may be &lt; / RTI &gt;

The source and device resonators may be separated by several meters or may be arranged in close proximity to one another or may be spaced apart at any interval therebetween. The source and device resonators may be offset from each other in the transverse or axial direction. The source and device resonators may be directly aligned (without a transverse offset) or may be set to a few meters offset, or any of them. The source and device resonators may be oriented such that surface areas surrounded by the inductive element are approximately parallel to one another. The source and device resonators may be oriented such that surface areas surrounded by the inductive element are approximately perpendicular to each other or may be oriented at any relative angle (0 DEG to 360 DEG).

The source and device resonators may be free standing or enclosed within an enclosure, container, sleeve or housing. These various enclosures may be constructed of any kind of material. Low loss tangent materials such as Teflon, REXOLITE, styrene and the like may be preferred in some applications. The source and device resonators can be integrated into the power supply and the power consumer. For example, the source and device resonators may be integrated into a keyboard, a computer mouse, a display, a cellular phone, etc., so that the source and device resonators may not be visible outside these devices. The source and device resonators can be spaced from the power supply and power consumers within the system and can be connected by standard or custom wires, cables, connectors or plugs.

The source 102S may be powered by a number of DC or AC voltages, a power source including a USB port of the computer, or a power source. The source 102S may be powered from an electrical grid, a wall plug, a battery, a power supply, an engine, a solar cell, a generator, or another source resonator. The source power and control circuit 2302 may include circuitry and components for isolating the source electronics from the power source such that the reflected power or signals are coupled out through a source input terminal it is not coupled out. Source power and control circuitry 2302 may include a power factor correction circuit (PFC) and may be configured to monitor power usage to monitor finance, accounting, control, and the like.

These systems can be bidirectional. This means that the power or energy generated or stored in the device resonator can be fed back to a power source including an electric grid, a battery, and any kind of energy storage unit. This source power and control circuitry can include PFCs and can be configured to monitor power usage to monitor financial, accounting, control and similar functions for bi-directional energy flows. Wireless energy delivery systems can be used or facilitated in the vehicle-to-grid (V2G) field.

The source and apparatus are tuned to adjust the operating points to change the environmental conditions, buoyancy, and mounting conditions that may affect the efficiency of the energy exchange and operation of the source and device resonators. capability. Such tuning capabilities may be used to multiplex power delivery from multiple sources to multiple devices, multiple systems, multiple repeaters, or relays. The tuning performance may be manually or automatically controlled and may be performed continuously, periodically, intermittently, or at a predetermined time or interval.

The device resonator and device power and control circuitry may be integrally configured with any part of the device, such as, for example, a battery compartment, or a device cover or sleeve, or a mother board Can be integrated into a standard rechargeable battery or any other energy storage unit. The device resonator may comprise a device field reshaper which may be configured to receive any combination of device power and control electronics and device resonator elements from an electromagnetic field used for power transmission And can reflect the resonator filed away from the device power and control electronics as well as from the lossy device resonator element. A magnetic material and / or a high-conductivity field reshaper increase the perturbed quality factor (Q) of the resonator and increase the perturbed coupling factor of the source and device resonators factor. &lt; / RTI &gt;

The source resonator and the source power and control circuit may be any type of furniture, structure, mat, rug, picture frame (including digital picture frame, electronic frame), plug-in module, A vehicle or the like. The source resonator may include a device field reformer that can protect device power and any combination of control electronics and device resonator elements from the electromagnetic field used for power transmission, The resonator field can be reflected away from the power and control electronics as well as from the lossy device resonator element. Can be used to increase the shake quality factor (Q) of the magnetic material and / or the high-conductivity field remodeled self-resonator and to increase the amplitude coupling factor of the source and device resonators.

A block diagram of the subsystems in the example of a wireless power device is shown in FIG. The power and control circuitry may be designed to transform AC power from the device resonator 102D to convert it to stable DC power that is suitable for powering or charging the device. The power and control circuitry may be designed to convert AC power from the device resonator at one frequency to AC power at another frequency suitable for powering or charging the device. The power and control circuit includes impedance matching circuitry 2402D, rectification circuitry 2404, voltage limiting circuitry (not shown), current limiting circuitry To-AC converter 2408 circuit, an AC-to-DC converter 2408 circuit, a DC-to-DC converter 2408 circuit, a DC to AC converter 2408 circuit, an AC- A battery charge control circuitry (not shown), and the like.

The impedance matching network 2402D may be designed to maximize the power delivered between the device power and control circuitry 2304 and the device resonator 102D at a desired frequency. The impedance matching elements can be selected and connected so that the high-Q of the resonator is preserved. Depending on the operating conditions, the impedance matching circuit 2402D can be tuned to the power delivered from the source to the device, the power delivered from the source to the device resonator, the power between the device resonator and the device power, and the control circuit, . The power, current, and voltage signals may be monitored at any point in the device circuit and feedback algorithm circuitry, and these techniques may also be used to control the components to implement the desired signal level and system operation. The feedback algorithm may be implemented using analog or digital circuit techniques, and the circuits may include a microprocessor, a digital signal processor, a field programmable gate array processor, and the like.

The third block of Figure 39 shows a rectifier circuit 2404 that can rectify the AC voltage from the device resonator to a DC voltage. In this configuration, the output of the rectifier 2404 may be an input to a voltage clamp circuit. The voltage clamp circuit (not shown) may limit the maximum voltage at the input to DC-to-DC converter 2408D or DC-to-AC converter 2408D. In general, it is desirable that large changes in device position and operation be allowed while proper power is delivered to the device using a DC-to-DC / AC converter with a large input voltage dynamic range something to do. For example, when the load characteristics of a device and the power input are changed, the power level at the output of the rectifier can oscillate and reach a high level. When the device performs different tasks, the device may have a variable power demand. This variable power demand can cause a high voltage at the output of the rectifier when the load characteristics change. Similarly, when the device and the device resonator are brought close to or away from the source, the power delivered to the device resonator can be varied to change the power level at the output of the rectifier. The voltage clamp circuit may allow the voltage output from the rectifier circuit to exceed a predetermined value within the operating range of the DC-to-DC / AC converter. The voltage clamp circuit may be used to extend the range and operating mode of the wireless energy delivery system.

The next block of power and control circuitry of the device is a DC-to-DC converter 2408D that is capable of generating a stable DC output voltage. The DC-to-DC converter can be a boost converter, a buck converter, a boost-buck converter, a single ended primary inductance converter (SEPIC) Or any other suitable DC-DC topology. If the device requires AC power, the DC-to-DC converter can replace the DC-to-DC converter, or the DC-to-AC converter can come after the DC-to-DC converter. If the device comprises a rechargeable battery, then the final block of the device power and control circuitry may be a battery charge control unit capable of regulating battery retention and charging in battery powered devices.

The device power and control circuitry 2304 may include a processor 2410D, such as a microcontroller, a digital signal processor, a field programmable gate array processor, a microprocessor, or any other type of processor. The processor may be used to read or detect the operating point and state of the device resonator and power and control circuitry. The processor may implement algorithms for adjusting and interpreting circuit, element, component, subsystem, and resonator operating points. The processor can be used to adjust impedance matching, resonators, DC-to-DC converters, DC-to-AC converters, battery charging units, rectifiers, etc. of wireless powered devices.

The processor may or may not receive data that may have a wireless or wired data communication link to other devices or sources and may be used to adjust the operating point of the system. Any combination of power, voltage, and current signals that are single, or exceed the frequency range, can be monitored at any point in the device circuitry. These signals can be monitored using analog or digital or combined analog and digital technology. The signals thus monitored may be used in a feedback loop or may be reported to a user in various known methods or stored and retrieved at a later time. These signals may be used to inform the user of a system failure, to indicate performance, or to provide feedback to the user of the system, such as audio, video, vibration, and the like.

FIG. 40 shows components of a source power and control circuit 2302 of an exemplary wireless power delivery system configured to power one or more devices. The source power and control circuitry 2303 of the representative system includes an AC voltage source 2502 such as a home electrical outlet, a battery, a computer USB port, a DC voltage source such as a solar cell, As shown in FIG. This source power and control circuit 2302 can drive the source resonator 102S to an alternating current having a frequency in excess of 10 kHz and less than 100 MHz. The source power and control circuit 2302 can drive the source resonator 102S with an alternating current having a frequency of less than 10 GHz. The source power and control circuit 2302 includes a DC-to-DC converter 2408S, an AC-to-DC converter 2408S or an AC-to-DC converter 2408S and a DC- Both may include an oscillator 2508, a power amplifier, an impedance matching network 2402S, and so on.

The source power and control circuitry 2302 may be used for power amplifiers that can be powered from multiple AC or DC voltage sources 2502 and that can be used to drive the source resonators as well as the voltage levels needed for the circuit components. To-DC and DC-to-DC converters 2408S to provide DC voltages. The DC voltage can be adjusted and used to control the output power level of the power amplifier. This source may include power factor correction circuitry (PFC).

The output of the oscillator 2508 can be used as an input to a power amplifier 2504 that drives the source resonator 102S. The oscillator frequency can be tunable and the amplitude of the oscillator signal can be changed as a means to adjust the output power level from the power amplifier. The frequency, amplitude, phase, waveform, and duty cycle of the oscillator signal can be controlled by analog circuits, digital circuits, or a combination of analog and digital circuits. The control circuitry may include a processor 2410S, such as a microprocessor, a digital signal processor, a field programmable gate array processor, or the like.

The impedance matching block 2402 of the source and device resonators can be used to tune power and control circuitry and source and device resonators. For example, tuning of such a circuit can be adjusted for perturbation of the quality factor (Q) of the device resonator or source due to external objects or changes in the distance between the device and the source in the system. The tuning of these circuits can also be used to sense the operating environment, control power flow to one or more devices, control power to the wireless power network, and reduce power when unsafe or fault mode conditions are detected Can be used.

Any combination of power, voltage, and current signals can be monitored at any point in the source circuit. These signals can be monitored using analog or digital or combined analog and digital techniques. The signals thus monitored may be used in the feedback circuit or may be reported to the user in various known methods, or stored and retrieved at a later time. These signals can be used to notify the user of a system failure, notify the user when the safety critical limit is exceeded, display performance, or provide feedback to the user of the system, such as audio, video, vibration, and the like.

The source power and control circuitry may comprise a processor. The processor can be used to read the source resonator and the operating point or state of the power and control circuitry. The processor may implement algorithms for adjusting and interpreting circuit, element, component, subsystem, and resonator operating points. The processor can be used to adjust the impedance matching of the source, the resonator, the DC-to-DC converter, the AC-to-DC converter, the oscillator, the power amplifier of the source, The adjustable components and processor of the system may be used to implement a frequency and / or time power transfer multiplexing scheme. The processor may or may not receive data that may have a wireless or wired data communication link to other devices and sources and may be used to adjust the operating point of the system.

Although detailed and specific designs are shown in the above block diagrams, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that many different rearrangements and variations of building blocks and components are possible within the context of a representative system. It is to be appreciated that the division of a circuit has been schematically illustrated for illustrative purposes, and those skilled in the art will appreciate that the components of each block may be further divided into smaller blocks or may be integrated or shared. In an evenly equivalent example, the power and control circuitry may be comprised of discrete discrete components or larger integrated circuits. For example, the rectifier circuit may be comprised of a discrete diode, or a diode integrated on a single chip. Many other circuits and integrated devices can be replaced by designs according to design criteria such as power or size or cost or discipline. Any or all of the power and control circuitry, or any portion of the source or device circuitry, may be integrated on a chip.

The impedance matching network of the source and / or device may comprise a network of capacitors or capacitors, a network of inductors or inductors, or any combination of capacitors, inductors, diodes, switches, resistors, have. The components of the impedance matching network can be adjusted and controlled to change and affect the operating point and efficiency of the system. The impedance matching can be performed by controlling the connection point of the resonator, controlling the permeability of the magnetic material, controlling the bias field, and adjusting the excitation frequency. The impedance matching may be performed by any one of a varactor, a varactor array, a switched element, a capacitor bank, a switched tuned element, a reverse bias diode, an air gap capacitor, Or any combination of these, such as a capacitor, a capacitor, a BZT electrical tuning capacitor, a MEMS-tuning capacitor, voltage variable dielectrics, a transformer coupled tuning circuit, or the like Or can be used. The variable components can be tuned mechanically, thermally tuned, electrically tuned, and tuned by piezoelectrically-based methods. Impedance matching devices may be silicon devices, gallium nitride devices, silicon carbide devices, and the like. These devices can be selected to withstand high current, high voltage, high power, or any combination of current, voltage and power. The devices can be selected to be high-Q devices.

Source matching and tuning calculations may be performed at an external device via a USB port that powers the device. The device may be a computer, PDA or other computing platform.

Demonstration systems use a source resonator coupled to a device resonator coupled to a number of consumer electronic devices that are wireless power supply / rechargeable, the consumer electronics including a laptop, a DVD A digital video player, a video player, a projector, a projector, a mobile phone, a display, a television, a projector, a digital picture frame, a light, a TV / DVD player, a portable music player, a circuit breaker, Devices, external battery chargers, mice, keyboards, cameras, active loads, and the like. Various devices can be powered simultaneously from a single device resonator. The device resonators can be operated simultaneously with the source resonators. The power supplied to the device resonator may pass through other resonators before being transmitted to the target device resonator.

monitoring , Feedback and control

Called port parameter measurement circuitry can measure or monitor specific power, voltage, and current signals within the system, and the processor or control circuitry can determine operating parameters or specific You can adjust the settings. In addition to these port parameter measurements, current signal and voltage magnitude and phase, and power signal size, the system can be accessed to measure or monitor system performance throughout the system. The measured signals referred to herein may be any combination of port parameter signals, as well as voltage signals, current signals, power signals, and the like. These parameters can be measured using analog or digital signals, sampled and processed, and digitized or converted using a number of known analog and digital processing techniques. The measured signal or the monitored signal may be used in a feedback circuit or system to control the operating state of the system and / or the resonator. Generally, the monitored or measured signals are referred to as reference signals or port parameter measurements or signals, often referred to as error signals, monitor signals, feedback signals, and the like. Here, the signals used to control circuit elements such as the voltage used to drive the voltage controlled capacitor are referred to as control signals.

In some cases, the circuit elements may be adjusted to implement a specific or predetermined impedance value for the source and device resonators. In other cases, the impedance may be adjusted to implement a desired impedance value for the source and device resonators when the device resonator is connected to a power consumer or consumer. In other cases, the impedance may be an impedance or power level change due to a change in the resonant frequency or movement of the source and / or the resonator of the device, or a change in the environment around the resonator Such as the motion of a material or an object. In other cases, the impedances of the source and device resonators can be adjusted to different impedance values.

Coupled resonators may be fabricated from different materials and may include different circuit, component and structural designs, or may be the same. The coupled resonators may include a performance monitoring and measurement circuit, a signal processing and control circuit, or a combination of measurement and control circuits. Some or all of the high-Q magnetic resonators may comprise a tunable impedance circuit. Some or all of the high-Q magnetic resonators may include an automatically controlled tunable impedance circuit.

Figure 41 shows a magnetic resonator having a port parameter measurement circuit 3802 configured to measure certain parameters of the resonator. The port parameter measurement circuit can measure the input impedance of the structure, or the reflected power. The port parameter measurement circuits may be included within the source and / or device resonator design and may be implemented in a variety of ways, including S-parameters (scattering parameters), Z-parameters (impedance parameters), Y-parameters (admittance parameters), T- Can be used to measure two port circuit parameters such as H-parameter (hybrid parameter), ABCD-parameter (chain, cascade or transmission parameter), and so on. These parameters can be used to describe the electrical behavior of a linear electrical network when various types of signals are applied.

Different parameters may be used to specify the electrical network under different operating scenarios or coupling scenarios. For example, the S-parameter may be used to measure a matched load or an unmatched load. In addition, the magnitude and phase of the current signal and voltage within the source and device itself and / or within the magnetic resonator can be monitored at various points to yield system performance information. This information may be provided to a user of the system by a user interface such as light, read-out, beep, noise, vibration, etc., or may be provided as a digital signal, May be used in the automatic control of the system and may be provided to the processor within the system. This information can be logged, stored and used by the higher level monitoring and control system.

Fig. 42 shows a circuit diagram of a magnetic resonator, wherein a tunable impedance network can be implemented using a voltage controlled capacitor 3902 or a capacitor network. Such an implementation may be controlled, tuned or controlled by a computer processor and / or electrical circuit, such as programmable voltage source 3908, or the like. For example, the voltage-controlled capacitors may be processed by the measurement analysis and control algorithm subsystem 3904 and adjusted in response to data obtained by the port parameter measurement circuit 3802. Reference signals may be derived from the port parameter measurement circuit or derived from other monitoring circuitry designed to measure the deviation degree from the desired system operating point. The measured reference signals may include voltage, current, complex-impedance, reflection coefficient, power level, etc. at one or several points within the system at a single frequency or at multiple frequencies. have.

The reference signals may be supplied to the measurement analysis and control algorithm subsystem module, which can generate control signals to change the values of various components within the tunable impedance matching network. These control signals may include power levels provided by the device to implement the desired power exchange between the power supply / generator and the power drain / load, or the power level supplied by the source, or the input impedance of the magnetic resonator and / Can be changed.

An adjustment algorithm may be used to adjust the impedance and / or frequency of the magnetic resonator. The algorithm may be used to select an output correction related to the deviation controlling the variable or tunable elements of the system to move the system towards the desired operating point or points or a reference signal about the degree of deviation from the desired operating point for the control signals . Reference signals for the magnetic resonators can be obtained while the resonator is exchanging power in the wireless power transmission system, or these reference signals can be switched out of the circuit during system operation. The correction for the system may be provided, or performed, continuously, periodically, according to threshold crossing, digitally, using analog methods, and so on.

Figure 43 illustrates an end-to-end wireless power transmission system. Both the source and the device may include a port measurement circuit 3802 and a processor 2410. A box 4002 labeled "Coupler / switch" indicates that the port measurement circuit 3802 can be connected to the resonator 102 by the direction of the coupler or switch and can measure, adjust, and control the source and device resonators , &Lt; / RTI &gt; associated or otherwise capable of performing power transfer functions.

The port parameter measurement and / or processing circuit may reside in the system with several resonators, arbitrary resonators, or all resonators. This port parameter measurement circuit may utilize portions of the power transfer signal or may be used to measure an excitation signal (i.e., an excitation signal) that exceeds the frequency range to measure the source / device resonator response (i.e., ), And may include amplitude and / or phase information. These measurements may be implemented using a swept single frequency signal or a multi-frequency signal. Signals used to monitor and measure the resonator with the wireless power delivery system include digital to analog converters (DACs), analog to digital converters (ADCs), amplifiers, signal generation chips, passive components (I / O) circuitry and a processor or processors including a passive component and the like. These measurements may be implemented using test equipment such as a network analyzer or using customized circuitry. The measured reference signals can be digitized by the ADC and processed using custom algorithms running on computers, microprocessors, DSP chips, ASICs, and the like. The measured reference signals may be processed in an analog control loop.

The measurement circuit can measure any two sets of port parameters, such as S-parameters, Y-parameters, Z-parameters, H-parameters, G-parameters, T-parameters, ABCD-parameters and the like. The measurement circuits look at the current and voltage signals at the various points in the drive and resonator circuit and the source resonator matching network (pointing to "port 1" in Figure 43) at the opposite end of the system, May be used to characterize the admittance and / or impedance of the viewing source and device resonators.

The device can measure the associated signal and / or port parameters, interpret the measurement data, and adjust the matching network to optimize the impedance looking into the coupled system, regardless of the action of the source. The source may measure the associated port parameters, interpret the measurement data, and adjust the matching network to optimize the impedance looking into the coupled system, regardless of the action of the device.

Fig. 43 is a block diagram showing a source and a device inside the wireless power transmission system. The system is configured to perform a control algorithm that actively tunes a tuning / matching network within one or both of the source and device resonators to optimize performance within the connected system. The port measurement circuit 3802S measures the signals inside the source and transmits the signals to the processor 2410. [ Processor 2410 utilizes measurement signals within a performance optimization or stabilization algorithm and generates control signals based on the algorithm. The control signal may be applied to the variable circuit elements within the tuning / impedance matching circuit 2420S to adjust the operating characteristics of the source, such as the power within the resonator and connections to the devices. The control circuits may be provided to the power supply or generator to cut or connect the supply, increase or decrease the power level and adjust the supply signals.

The power exchanged between the source and the device depends on various factors. These factors include the effective impedance of the source and the device, the Q's of the source and the device, the resonant frequency of the source and the device, the distance between the source and the device, and the interaction of materials and objects around the source and device. have. The port measurement circuitry and processing algorithms can work together to adjust the resonator parameters, to keep power delivery constant, and to controllably control power delivery to maximize power delivery in dynamically stable operating conditions .

Some of the sources and devices may or may not include port measurement circuitry 3802S and processing capability 2410 during system implementation. Figure 44 shows an end to end wireless power transmission system in which the source 102S only includes a port measurement circuit 3802 and a processor 2410S. In this case, the operating characteristics of the device resonator 102D can be adjusted or fixed by the analog control circuit without requiring the control circuit signal generated by the processor.

Figure 45 shows an end to end wireless power transmission system. The source and device include a port measurement circuit 3802, but only the source in the system of FIG. 45 includes a processor 2410S. The source and the device are in a state of being in communication with one another and adjustment of some system parameters may be responsive to control signals transmitted wirelessly, for example, via a wireless transmission circuit 4202 between the source and the device. The wireless transmission circuit 4202 may be separate or identical from the wireless power transmission channel 4208. That is, the resonator 102 used for power exchange can be used to exchange information. In some cases, the information may be changed by adjusting the part, source, or device circuitry and sensing the change in accordance with port parameters or other monitoring equipment.

Embodiments in which the source only includes the processor 2410 may be advantageous for multi-device systems where the source processes all tuning and tuning "decisions" and sends control signals back to the device only. Since the above embodiment eliminates or reduces the requirement regarding the function required by the processor inside the apparatus, the apparatus can be configured relatively small. Portions of the entire data set from each port measurement in each device may be sent to the source microprocessor for analysis and control commands may be sent to the devices. The transmission is a wireless transmission.

Figure 46 shows an end to end wireless power transmission system. In this example, only the source includes the port measurement circuit 3802 and the processor 2410S. The sources and devices can be transmitted to each other, for example, via a wireless transmission circuit 4202, and the adjustment of some system parameters is responsive to control signals transmitted wirelessly from the source and device perspective.

Fig. 47 shows a connected electromagnetic resonator 102, in which the frequency and impedance of the resonator can be automatically adjusted using a processor or a computer. The resonant frequency tuning and continuous impedance adjustment of the source and device can be configured by a reverse bias diode, Schottky diode and / or varactor element included in the capacitor network shown as C1, C2 and C3 in Figure 47 . The circuit topologies described and illustrated and configured herein are for the sake of example and do not limit the mention of automatic system tuning and control. Other circuit topologies may be utilized with the measurement and control architectures described in this disclosure.

The impedance and resonant frequency of the device and the source may be measured by a network analyzer 4402A-B or other means as described and may be configured by a controller such as Lab View 4404. A measurement circuit or instrument can configure the feedback algorithm and output data to a computer or processor that actively controls frequency and impedance by means of a programmable DC voltage source.

In the array, reverse bias diodes (Schottky, semiconductor junctions, etc.) used to realize tunable capacitance can lead to very low direct current and can be reverse biased by an amplifier with large series power resistance. With this arrangement, the DC control signals can be directly provided to the controllable circuit elements in the resonator circuit while maintaining a very high Q in the self-resonator.

The C2 biasing signals may be separated from the C1 and / or C3 biasing signals having a DC blocking capacitor as shown in Figure 47 if the required direct biasing voltages are different. The power of the biasing amplifiers is bypassed to the circuit ground to isolate the RF voltage from the biasing amplifier and to prevent the non-fundamental RF voltage from entering the resonator. Because the inductance element operates as a short circuit in dc, the reverse bias voltages for some capacitors can be provided through the inductance element into the resonator.

The port parameter measurement circuit is part of a feedback or control system that is used to automatically adjust the resonance frequency, input impedance, energy captured or stored by the resonator, or power delivered by the source or to the device load Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; and / or &lt; / RTI &gt; DACs). The processor may also provide a control signal to a tuning or tuning circuit that is attached to the magnetic resonator or is located within the magnetic resonator.

When using varactors or diodes as tunable capacitors, it may be advantageous to arrange the fixed capacitors in parallel and in series with the tunable capacitors operating at high reverse bias voltages in the tuning / matching circuit. The arrangement optimizes the operating voltage within the tunable capacitor to improve internal circuitry and improve system stability and power handling capability.

The varactors or other reverse bias diodes can be used as voltage-controlled capacitors. When relatively high voltage compliance or different capacitances are required, an arrangement of barlatters may be used rather than a single varactor element. Barctors can be processed as a single 2-terminal device with N X M arrays connected in series and in parallel and with different characteristics within the array than individual varactors. For example, an NXM array of identical bars in which the parts of each row are connected in parallel and the parts of each column are connected in series have the same capacitance as all the single varactors in the array, but the voltage compliance of a single varactor in the array It can be used as a 2-terminal device with voltage compliance of N times. Additional biasing circuits consisting of resistors, inductors, etc., may be required, depending on the variability and differences in the parameters of the individual varactors within the array. A 4X4 arrangement of unbias varactors 4502 that may be suitable for magnetic resonator applications is schematically illustrated in FIG.

The system performance can be further improved by careful selection of fixed value (s) capacitor (s) arranged in parallel and / or in series with tunable (varactor / diode / capacitor) elements. A number of fixed capacitors that are switched into or out of a circuit can compensate for changes in resonator Q's, impedances, resonant frequencies, power levels, coupling intensities, etc. that can be encountered in a wireless power delivery system that is tested, developed and operated . The switched capacitor bank and other switched element banks can be used to ensure convergence to the operating frequency and impedance values required in the system design.

An exemplary control algorithm for a disjoint and connected magnetic resonator is described for the circuit and system elements shown in Fig. One control algorithm first adjusts each source and device resonator loops to a "in-isolation" state, i.e., other resonators within the system are "shorted out" . In practice, the resonator can be shorted, for example, by maximizing C1 and / or C3 and resonating at much lower frequencies. This step effectively reduces the coupling between the resonators to reduce the system to a single resonator at special frequencies and impedances.

The task of tuning the self-resonator to the disconnected state involves changing the tunable elements within the tuning and matching circuit until the values measured by the port parameter measurement circuit are at predetermined, calculated, or measured relative values do. The desired values for the values measured by the port parameter measurement circuit can be selected based on the target matching impedance, frequency, strong coupling parameters, and the like. For the following exemplary algorithm, the port parameter measurement circuit measures the S-parameter over the frequency range. The frequency range used to determine the characteristics of the resonator may be a compensation between the calculated system performance information and the computation / measurement rate. For the algorithm described below, the frequency range may be approximately +/- 20% of the operating resonance frequency.

Each separated resonator can be tuned as follows. First, the resonator is short-circuited without adjustment. Next, C1, C2, and C3 are minimized within the resonator where features are determined and tuned. In most cases, there are circuit elements arranged and fixed in parallel with C1, C2 and C3, and this step does not reduce the capacitors to zero. And then begins to increase C2 until the resonator impedance matches the "target" real impedance at all frequencies within the measurement frequency range. The initial "target" impedance is less than the expected operating impedance for the coupled system.

C2 can be adjusted until an initial "target" impedance is formed for a frequency within the measurement range. Next, C1 and / or C3 may be adjusted until the loop is resonated at the target operating frequency.

Each notification can be adjusted according to the above algorithm. After tuning each resonator to a separate state, a second feedback algorithm may be provided to optimize the resonant frequency and / or input impedance for the wireless transmit power in the coupled system.

The desired adjustment for C and / or C2 and / or C3 in each resonator in the coupled system is based on the real and imaginary part of the input impedance from one and / or both of the "port (s) real and imaginary parts) of the object. For coupled resonators, if the input impedance of one resonator is varied, the input impedance of the other resonator can be varied. The control and tracking algorithms can adjust one port to the desired operating position based on the measured value at the port and then adjust the other port based on the measured value at the other port. The steps may be repeated until both sides converge to a desired operating position.

The S parameters can be measured at the source and device ports, followed by a series of measurements and adjustment values. In the following description, Z ₀ is the input impedance and the target impedance. In some cases, Z ₀ is 50 ohms or is close to 50 ohms. Z ₁ and Z ₂ are the same value or intermediate impedance value different from Z _0, and Z _0. Re {value} is the real part of the value and Im {value} is the imaginary part of the value.

The algorithm that can be used to adjust the input impedance and resonance frequency of two coupled resonators is as follows.

1) Each resonator is adjusted to the "separate" state as described above.

2) Adjust C1 / C3 as follows until Re {S11} = (Z1 +/- ε _Re ) at ω ₀ .

If Re {S11 @ ω ₀ }> (Z1 + ε _Re ), it reduces C1 / C3. Re {S11 @ ω ₀ } <(Z1 + ε _Re ), C1 / C3 is increased.

3) Adjust source C2 until ω ₀ = Im {S11} = (+/- ε _Im )

If Im {S11 @ ω ₀ }> ε _Im, then reduce C2. If Im {S11 @ ω ₀ } <- ε _Im , increase C2.

4) Adjust device C1 / C3 as follows until Re {S22} = (Z2 +/- ε _Re ) at ω ₀ .

If Re {S22 @ ω ₀ }> (Z2 + ε _Re ), it reduces C1 / C3. If the Re _{{S22 @ ω 0} <(} Z0-ε Re), increases the C1 / C3.

5) Until Im {S22} = ₀ at ω ₀ , adjust device C2 as follows

If Im {S22 @ ω ₀ }> ε _Im, then reduce C2. If Im {S22 @ ω ₀ } <- ε _Im , increase C2.

When Z0 is in the desired impedance matching and operate the desired frequency ω _0, in both of Re {S11}, Im {S11 } and Re {S22}, Im {S22 } is _{ω 0 ((Z0 +/- ε Re} ), ( +/- ε _Im ), where ε _Im ) is the maximum deviation of the imaginary part from the target value of ω ₀ to 0, and ε _Re ) is the deviation from the desired value of Z 0 Represents the maximum deviation of the real part. epsilon _Re and [epsilon] _Im can be adjusted to receive and reduce or increase the number of steps to the potential cost of system performance (efficiency). Steps 1 to 4 may be performed in various ways (e. G., By adjusting the source imaginary part first, then the source real part first, or adjusting the device real part first and then the device imaginary part) And the sequence. The intermediate impedances Z1 and Z2 may be adjusted during steps 1 to 4 to reduce the number of steps required for convergence. The desired or target impedance values can be complex and change over time or under different operational plans.

Steps 1 to 4 can be carried out in sequence, in combination and several times. Modifications to the steps or the embodiments described above of the algorithm can be understood by those skilled in the art. According to the same method, which may optionally be used to analyze the linear circuit so that the impedance or admittance leads to the same result, the algorithm finds all equivalent linear network port parameter measurements (i.e., Z, Y, T-parameter, H-parameter, ABCD-parameter, etc.) or with the other monitor signals.

The resonators can be tuned again in response to changes in the "load" resistance, Rs and Rd, due to the change in mutual inductance M (coupling) between the source and device resonators. The inductance changes Ls and Ld of the inductive element itself can be caused by the influx of external objects or require compensation as described above. The change may be reduced by the adjustment algorithm.

A directional coupler or switch may be used to connect the port parameter measurement circuit to the source resonator and tuning / tuning circuitry. A port parameter measurement circuit can measure the properties of a self-resonator when the self-resonator minimizes power within the wireless power transmission system or when the circuit is switched off during system operation. The port parameter measurement circuit may respond to changes in some system operating parameters or may start-up or control some tunable components of the magnetic resonator in some intervals.

The wireless power transmission system may include circuitry for varying or tuning the impedance and / or resonant frequency of the source and device resonators. Although the tuning circuit is shown in the source and device resonators, the circuitry can instead be included only in the source or device resonator, or the circuitry can only be included in some source and / or device resonators. Further, when we refer to the circuit as "tuning" the resonance frequency and / or impedance of the resonator, the tuning operation means that various electrical parameters such as impedance or capacitance of the structure are changing. In some cases, the parameters vary to obtain a specified specific value, and in other cases the parameters may be changed in response to a control algorithm or to optimize the currently changing target performance value. In some cases, the parameters vary as a function of the temperature of other sources or devices such as the environment or area.

Application example

For each listed application it is understood by those skilled in the art that there are various ways in which resonator structures utilized to enable wireless power transmission can be constructed or connected with objects to be fed or output. The resonator may be physically separated from the source and device objects. The resonator can be powered or removed from the object, for example, using a direct electrical connection with a wire or cable or using conventional inductive techniques. An electrical connection may be formed from the resonator power to the AC or DC power input port in the object. An electrical connection may be formed from the output power port of the object to the resonator input.

Referring to FIG. 49, there is shown a power supply and device resonator 4902 physically separated from the device 4900, which is a laptop computer, and a source resonator 4904 physically separated from the power supply. Power can be supplied to the source resonator and power can be obtained directly from the device resonator by an electrical connection. Those skilled in the art will appreciate from the reference that the shape, size, material composition, arrangement, location and orientation of the resonators are provided by an unrestricted example, and that a wide variation of all of these parameters is supported by an open technique for various applications I know I can.

Continuing with an example of a laptop without limitation, the device resonator may be physically connected to the device that is providing or charging power. For example, as shown in FIGS. 50A and 50B, the device resonator 5002 may be integrated into the housing of the device 5000 or attached thereto by an adapter. The resonator 5002 may be visible on the device (Figs. 50b-d) or may not be visible (Fig. 50a). The resonator may be fixed to the device, integrated into the device, or plugged in the device.

The source resonator may be physically connected to a source that supplies power to the system. There are a variety of ways in which the resonators are attached, connected or integrated into the power supply, as described above with respect to source and device resonators. Those skilled in the art know that there are a variety of ways in which resonators are integrated within a wireless power transmission system, and that cattle and municipalities use similar or different integration techniques.

Continuing with an example of a laptop computer without limitation, the laptop computer may be powered, recharged or recharged by the wireless power transmission system. A source resonator may be used to supply the radio power and a device resonator may be used to capture the radio power. The device resonator 5002 may be integrated at the edge of the screen (display) as shown in Figure 50D and / or at the base of the laptop as shown in Figure 50C. The source resonator may be integrated at the base of the laptop and the device resonator may be integrated at the edge of the screen. The resonators may be fixed to a power source and / or laptop. The source and device resonators may be physically separated from the laptop and the power source and electrically connected by a cable. The source and device resonators can be physically separated from the laptop and the power source and can be electrically connected by prior art techniques. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the above examples relate to wireless power transmission to laptops, and that the methods and systems for such applications may be suitably employed with other electrical or electronic devices. The source resonator is located external to the source and supplies power to the device resonator, which in turn provides power to the device, or the source resonator is connected to the source and supplies power to the device resonator, which in turn supplies power to a portion of the device, And supply power to the device resonator to supply power to a portion of the device in turn, or a combination thereof.

A system or method disclosed herein includes, but is not limited to, a telephone, a mobile phone, a wireless telephone, a smartphone, a PDA, an audio device, a music player, an MP3 player, a radio, a portable radio and players, a wireless headphone, Such as a computer, a wireless keyboard, a wireless mouse, a television, a display, a flat screen display, a computer display, a display mounted on a furniture, a digital picture frame, an electronic book (e.g., a Kindle, Magazines, etc.), remote (also referred to as a controller, a game controller, a commander, a clicker, etc.) and a number of electronic devices such as a television, a video game machine, a display, a computer, audio visual equipment, A remote control unit, a lighting device, a cooling device, an air circulation device, a purifying device, a personal hearing aid, (Electronic) device, such as an electronic key, an electronic keypad, an optical switch, or other electrical switch, that can be used to power an electronic or electrical device, such as an electronic key, a safety system, a warning device, a bell, a flashing light siren, Can be provided. Here, the term electronic lock is used to represent a door lock that is installed on a door (e.g., an electronic combo-key, a magnetic card, an RFID card, etc.) and is operated electronically instead of a mechanical key lock do. The locks are often battery operated and there is a risk of stopping the operation when the battery life runs out and preventing the user from coming in from outside. This can be avoided as the battery is charged or completely replaced by the wireless power transmission system.

The term light switch here refers to a light switch that is used to turn the device off and on in other parts of the room (such as, for example, a light fixture in the ceiling) Switch. In order to connect the switches directly, the wires must be arranged from the device to the switch. Once the switch is installed in a specific location, it becomes very difficult to move. Optionally, when considering a "wireless switch", "wireless" means that the (on / off) switching command is transmitted wirelessly, and traditionally the switch requires a battery for operation. In general, it is impractical to operate too many batteries around a house, since many batteries have to be replaced periodically. Therefore, it is more convenient if the wirelessly transmitted switch is powered wirelessly. For example, there are wireless door bells that are already powered by the battery, and the batteries have to be replaced periodically. The remote door bell button can be configured completely wireless and does not require battery replacement. The term 'coreless' or 'wireless' or 'communication wireless' is used herein to refer to any wireless communication device, such as a base station for wireless telephony, a computer for a wireless keyboard, Or wireless transmission is present. Those skilled in the art understand that the electrical or electronic device includes a wireless transmission facility and that the system and method can be used to add wireless power transmission to the device. Power to electrical or electronic devices may be transferred from an external or internal source resonator or may be delivered to a device or portion of a device. Wireless power transmission significantly reduces the need to replace and / or recharge the battery of devices entering the periphery of the source resonator and thus reduces downtime, cost, and often battery-related processing problems.

The system and method may provide power to lights without requiring a wired power supply or battery. That is, the system and method provide power without a wired connection to the power source and are not radiated across a range of distances, such as, for example, 1/4 meter, 1 meter, 3 meters, -radiatively) provides energy. The term "light" as used herein includes, for example, incandescent light bulbs, fluorescent light bulb lamps, halogen lamps, gas discharge lamps, fluorescent lamps, neon lamps, high intensity discharge lamps, sodium vapor lamps, mercury vapor lamps, Such as a table lamp, a floor lamp, a ceiling lamp, a track light, a recessed light fixture of a concave structure, or the like, which refers to the light source itself such as an electroluminescent lamp, a light emitting diode Refers to a light fixture that is integral with other features, such as, for example, light / ceiling fan fixtures and illuminated picture frames, etc., as part of an advertising congestion. Thus, the system and method can reduce the complexity of installing light or light by, for example, minimizing the installation of electrical wiring and allow the user to minimize the worry of the wired power source Or mounted. For example, the light is arranged in a close region of the source resonator, and the source resonator has a plurality of different positions with respect to the position of the light, for example in the case of a loft in the floor of the room ), A wall in the next room, a ceiling under the room, a part inside the room, or a lower structure of the room. For example, a light / ceiling fan combination is often installed in a master bedroom, and a master bedroom often has a loft on top of it. In this case, the user simply mounts the light / ceiling fan combination on the ceiling and arranges the source coils (plugged into the household wired AC power source) into the loft of the fixed mounting position, making it easier to place the light / ceiling fan combination in the master bedroom Can be installed. In another example, the light may be an external light, such as, for example, a flood light or a security light, and a source resonator mounted within the structure. The light installation method is particularly advantageous for homeowners, since home borrowers can install lights and other electrical components without installing new electrical wiring. The control for the write may be transmitted by a near-field transmission or by a wireless transmission method of the prior art.

The system and method can supply power to a device resonator that is installed inside the device component from the source resonator or external to the device component, such that the device component is a prior art electrical component or fixture. For example, the ceiling lamp may be plugged into a separate electrical installation with a device resonator integrated or otherwise configured within the fixture, or the ceiling lamp may be a wireline fixture of the prior art or a device resonator. For example, the electrical facility can be configured to have a device resonator for receiving radio power from a source resonator that includes a plurality of prior art arrangements arranged at the bottom of the room (for example, a short) and powered from the device resonator And may be a designed junction box. The ceiling mounted wireless connection box can power conventional prior art wired electrical components (e.g., ceiling light, track lighting, ceiling fans) located on the ceiling. Thus, the ceiling lamp can be mounted on the ceiling without spreading the wires through the underlying structure of the building. A device resonator of this type for an outlet connection box of the prior art can be used in a plurality of applications including those designed and portable for interior or exterior of a building and used in a vehicle. Wireless power can be delivered through common building materials such as, for example, wood, wall boards, insulators, glass, brick, stone, concrete, The advantages of reduced installation cost, reconfigurability, increased application flexibility are a significant advantage to the user over prior art wired installations. A device resonator for an outlet connection box of the prior art includes power supply electronics that convert specific frequencies required to efficiently power power from a device resonator to a line voltage, AC &lt; / RTI &gt; and / or DC), a control device that synchronizes the power output with the capture device and ensures a constant, safe, And a plurality of electrical components for delivering the electrical signals.

The method and system are particularly suitable for use in applications where moisture is present and that is exposed to a rough and controlled environment such as rain and is located externally and is used in a pool / sauna / shower, marine application, (Such as airbone organics, such as explosive vapors or grain storage tanks or bakery) in a harsh industrial environment, such as in a detonating room, an outside road sign, Light or electrical components. For example, light installed below the water level of the pool is generally difficult to wire up and requires an external wire, but it must be sealed with water. However, since an external wire is unnecessary, the pool light using the above principle can be more easily waterproofed. In yet another example, the explosion-proof chamber, including the explosive vapor, must not only be sealed but also must seal all electrical contact contacts (which can cause sparks). Again, the above principles can conveniently provide sealed electrical components for the application.

The system and method may provide power to a game controller application, such as, for example, a remotely controlled game controller. The game controller is powered only by the battery according to the prior art, and the use of the game controller and the power profile cause the replacement of frequent batteries, battery packs, rechargeable batteries, etc., Which is undesirable for consistent use. The device resonator is arranged in the game controller, and the source resonator is connected to the power source and can be arranged in close proximity. In addition, a device resonator within the game controller directly powers the game controller electronics without a battery, supplies power to a battery, a battery pack, a rechargeable battery, and the like, and then supplies power to the game controller electronics and the like. The game controller utilizes a plurality of battery packs, each battery pack having a device resonator and thus can be continuously recharged while in close proximity to the source resonator, regardless of whether it is plugged into the game controller. The source resonator is present as an extension facility type of AC power, such as inside a source resonator integrated into the 'extension cord', plugged into the wall AC or plugged into the main game controller facility, or powered by a battery pack inside the game console And the game controller facility and the source resonator are supplied with electric power from a power source for an alternating &quot; house &quot;. A source resonator may be arranged and installed in the structure.

The system and method are integrated into a battery pack, such as a battery pack, which can be interchanged with other battery packs. For example, some portable devices require a user to have multiple replaceable battery packs or to require additional battery packs to allow the user to continue working, such as, for example, power tools, portable lights, Consumes electrical energy at a high rate to operate devices deviating from the resonator range. The use of this principle can provide a way for the device resonator to refill the battery pack during use within its range, as well as a method for recharging a battery pack not currently in use within the range of the source resonator. With the above method, the battery pack is ready for use when the used battery pack is not fully charged. For example, a user can work with a wireless power supply that is currently more stringent than can be achieved through direct powering from a source resonator. In this case, even if the system and method provide charging power to the battery pack in use within range, the battery pack may run out because the power usage exceeds the refill speed. In addition, the user may be within range, out of range, or completely out of range while using the device. However, the user can arrange the charged battery pack near the source resonator when not in use, and the battery pack is sufficiently charged for use. In another example, the user may work with the power tool away from near the source resonator, but the auxiliary battery pack may be placed near the source resonator, for example in a room with a portable source resonator or in an extension cord source resonator, Leave to charge. According to the above method, the user does not have to worry about remembering to plug in the battery pack to be used in the future or securing the time. The user simply replaces the used battery pack with a charged battery pack and arranges the battery pack used near the source resonator for recharging. The device resonator is installed inside a container having known battery form factors and footprints and replaces the prior art chemical battery in known devices and applications. For example, the device resonators can be installed inside a container having a mechanical size corresponding to an AA battery AAA battery, a D battery, a 9V battery, a laptop battery, a mobile phone battery, and the like. The containers include a relatively small "button battery" in addition to a device resonator that stores charge and provides extended operation in terms of time or distance. Other than the button battery or alternatively the button battery, other energy storage devices may be integrated into the device resonator and associated power conversion circuitry. The new engine packs provide similar voltage and current levels, such as those provided by prior art batteries, but may be comprised of device resonators, power conversion electronics, small batteries, and the like. The new energy pack is more easily recharged and can be used for a longer time than prior art batteries when in the wireless power range. Also, the energy pack is lighter, safer to use and store than prior art packs, operates at a wider range of temperatures and humidity, and is less hazardous to the environment during processing. As described above, the energy pack can be used over the life of the product when used in the wireless power range.

The system and method provide power to a visual display as in the case of a laptop screen and can be used to power a television, a computer monitor, a desktop monitor, a laptop display, a digital photo frame, an electronic book, a mobile (such as a telephone, PDA, game navigation device, DVD player) Device displays, and the like. &Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; [0040] &lt; / RTI &gt; The displays powered through the wireless power transmission system may also be used to control the display of electronic components such as audio devices, household appliances, vehicle displays, entertainment devices, cash registers, remote controls, Or a display mounted on a vehicle or on the surface of an object (e.g., a vehicle, a building, a garment, a signboard, a surface of a vehicle, etc.) The power-supplied display using the above principle may also be used in a plurality of imaging techniques, such as a liquid crystal display (LCD), a thin film transistor LCD, a passive LCD, (CRT), a plasma display, a projector display (e.g., LCD, DLP, LCOS), a surface conduction electron- (SED), an organic light emitting diode (OLED), etc. The source coil structure may be attached to a primary power source such as, for example, building power, vehicle power from the wireless extension cord, For example, a base unit, a cable box for a TV, etc., or attached to an intermediate relay source coil, etc. For example, the task of placing a digital display on a wall may include, for example, Although it is very attractive as in the case of a digital photo frame for inputting information via a wireless or portable memory device, it is aesthetically unfavorable because it requires an unpleasant power cord. However, the device coil is installed in a digital photo frame, The digital photo frame can be caught without a wire when enclosed within the frame portion. The source resonator can then, for example, It may be arranged near the digital photo frame plug from the central source to the resonator for the wireless extension cord or a power outlet inside the room directly related art as shown in the other side of the wall in bangnae.

The system and method provide wireless power transmission between different parts of the electronics facility. Continuing with an example of a laptop computer without limitation, the screen of the laptop computer requires power from the base of the laptop. In this case, power is passed from the base of the laptop through the direct electrical connector to the screen over the laptop portion that is hinged between the screen and the base, according to the prior art. When a wired connection is used, when the wired connection tends to wear out or break, the design function of the laptop computer is limited by the required direct electrical connection, and the design aesthetics of the laptop computer is limited by the required direct electrical connection . However, a wireless connection is formed between the base and the screen. In this case, the device resonator may be arranged in a screen portion that powers the display and the base portion may be powered by a second device resonator or a prior art wired connection, or a resonator-battery-direct electrical connection. This improves the reliability of the power connection due to the removal of the physical wired connection and allows the designer to improve the functionality and / or aesthetic design of the hinge portion of the laptop in view of the absence of physical wires associated with the hinge. Again, the laptop computer is used to illustrate how the above principles improve the design of electrical or electronic devices and does not limit the present invention. For example, a number of other electrical devices having separate physical parts may be used, for example, in a door including an ice generator, such as a refrigerator having an electrical function, a sensor system, a light, etc., Which is advantageous from the above system and method. Those skilled in the art understand the ability to power a portion of an apparatus from an external source resonator through a device resonator, or from an external or internal source resonator through a device resonator, over a wide range of electrical and electronic devices.

The systems and methods may be provided to share power between devices, such as a charged device and an uncharged device. For example, a charged device operates as a source for nearby devices, transmits a predetermined amount of energy, and is dialed into the energy amount or the required and authorized amount of energy. For example, a user may have a cell phone and a digital camera that can transmit and receive power through the installed source and device resonators, and a device such as a cell phone is in a very low charge state. The user can then transfer the charge from the digital camera to the cellular phone. The source and device resonators in the device use the same physical resonator for transmission and reception, use separate source and device resonators, and one device is designed to receive and transmit, while the other device is designed to accept only One device is designed to transmit only and the other device accepts.

To prevent the device &apos; s battery from fully discharging, the device may have settings that specify the amount of power source given to the receiving device. For example, it may be advantageous to have the ability to limit the amount of power available to an external device and to block power transmission when the battery power falls below a threshold value.

The system and method may provide wireless power for delivery to nearby electrical or electronic components in connection with the electrical facility, wherein the source resonator is located within the electrical facility and the device resonator is located within the electronic component. The source resonator may also be plugged in, plugged into the electrical facility via a universal interface (such as a USB interface, PC card interface), an auxiliary electrical outlet, an universal attachment point, etc. of the electrical facility. For example, the source resonator may be integrated into some object, pad, or the like, connected to the computer, such as connected to the USB interface of the computer, or arranged in a computer structure on the desk. In the example of a source resonator installed in the object, pad, etc. and powered via a USB interface, the source resonator can be easily attached to the user's desktop without having to be integrated into another electronic device, Area, and a plurality of electric and / or electronic self-cores are energized around the area. The electric facility may be a computer, a light structure, a source resonator electric facility, or the like, and may be a computer keyboard, a computer mouse, a fax machine, a printer, a speaker system, a cellular phone, an audio intercom, a music player, a PDA, Nearby components such as picture frames, calculators, electronic games, etc. can be computer peripherals, surrounding electronic components, infrastructure devices, and the like. For example, the computer system may be an electrical facility having an integrated source resonator using a wireless keyboard and a wireless mouse, the term wireless includes a wireless transmission facility between each device and the computer, and each device still includes separate battery power It means to do. As a result, batteries must be replaced periodically, and large companies have the burden of supporting personnel for battery replacement, battery costs, and proper disposal of batteries.

Optionally, the system and method may provide wireless power transmission from the body of the computer to each of the peripheral devices, including power supplies for the keyboard and mouse, and other peripheral components such as a printer speaker system, and the like. A source resonator integrated into the electrical facility may provide a wireless power transmission to a plurality of peripherals, a user device, etc., so that the source resonator has a requirement for replacement and / or charging of the battery for the device in the proximity of the integrated electrical installation &Lt; / RTI &gt; The electrical facility also provides tuning or autotuning software, algorithms, facilities, etc. to coordinate the power transfer between the electrical facility and the wireless power supply. For example, the electrical facility may be a computer at the user's desktop, and the source resonator may be plugged into or integrated into the interior of the computer (e.g., a USB connection) To provide tuning algorithms).

The system and method provide wireless power transfer to nearby electrical or electronic components with the subassembly, wherein the source resonator is located or mounted within the subassembly, and the device resonator is located within the electronic subassembly. For example, a subfit component can be a table, or desk, such as a piece of furniture, a fixed wall, a movable wall or partition, a ceiling, a portion of the floor and a side (e.g., a side integrally formed with a bottom / top, A mat resonator (e.g., arranged on a desk and arranged under the desk) arranged in a matrix, a mat arranged on the floor (e.g., arranged on the desk and arranged under the desk) A parking lot on the floor, a parking lot / garage, a television (for remote control), a computer monitor (e.g., a wireless keyboard, a wireless mouse, a cell phone) For example, electric blank, medical device, personal healthcare manager, etc.), a picture, office furniture, general household appliances, and the like. For example, a subfit part is a lighting fixture within an office cubicle, and the light inside the source resonator and light fixture is directly connected to the wired power of the facility. However, when a source resonator is provided in the lighting fixture, additional wired connections for nearby electrical or electronic components connected or integrated with the device resonator are unnecessary. In addition, the need to replace the battery for the device with the device resonator can be reduced.

The use of such systems and methods for powering electrical and electronic products from a central location, such as a source resonator in an electrical installation, a sub-component, etc., minimizes the electrical wiring infrastructure of the surrounding work area. For example, in a corporate office space, there are a number of electrical and electronic devices that typically have to be powered by a wired connection. When using the above system and method, a large amount of wire is removed, the cost of the installation is reduced, the physical limit associated with the office wall with electrical wiring is reduced, and the requirements of the power outlet and the power strip are minimized. The systems and methods save cost by reducing the electrical infrastructure associated with installation, reinstallation (e.g., reconfiguration of office space) and management, and the like. In another embodiment, the principle allows a wireless arrangement of electrical outlets in the middle of the room. The source can be arranged in the basement ceiling below the location of the floor at the desired location of the outlet. The device resonator is arranged on the bottom of the room just above it. A new lighting structure (e.g., in the center of the ceiling, is easier for other electrical devices, such as cameras, sensors, etc., for this problem virtually the same reason).

In yet another embodiment, the embodiment and method supply power through a wall. For example, suppose you have an electric outlet inside a room and an outlet in a room next to the wall, but call an electrician to perforate the wall or pull the wire through the wall. Next, the source resonator may be located in a wall inside the room, and the device resonator outlet / pickup may be located on the other side wall of the wall. It supplies power to flat screen TVs or stereo systems (for example, do not want unwanted wires climbing the wall inside the living room, do not dislike similar wires climbing the walls of the next room, for example, A room with furniture that blocks the appearance of wires arranged along the walls. The system and method are used to deliver electrical power from an indoor source to a variety of electrical devices outside the home or building without installing or drilling a tube on the outer wall. In this case, the device can be powered on the device wirelessly outside the building without any aesthetic or structural damage or risk associated with the perforation hole penetrating the walls and sides. The system and method also provide an array sensor to facilitate the arrangement of the internal source resonator for external device resonator-mounted electrical components. For example, the homeowner has the need to arrange the security light outside the home, including the wireless device resonator, and to arrange the source resonator in the home in a suitable and optimal manner. An array sensor operating between the source and device resonators improves the arrangement, such as display, visual display, acoustic display, display display, etc., when the arrangement is good. In another embodiment, by a similar method, the system and method allow the equipment to be installed on the roof of a building or house, such as, for example, a radio transmitter and receiver, a solar panel, and the like. In the case of solar panels, the source resonator is associated with the panel, and power can be wirelessly transmitted to the distribution panel inside the building without perforating the roof. The systems and methods allow the mounting of electrical or electronic components across the walls of a vehicle without perforating holes (e.g., through a roof) such as vehicles, watercraft, airplanes, trains, By the above method, the wall of the vehicle is maintained without the perforation hole, thereby maintaining the value of the vehicle, maintaining the waterproof state, and eliminating the wire path. For example, mounting a siren or light on the roof of a police vehicle may reduce the dealings of the vehicle in the future, but with the device light, horn sirens, etc. can be attached to the roof without perforating holes.

The system and method may be used for wireless transfer of power from a photovoltaic (PV). PV panels with wireless power transfer capability have several advantages, including simple installation, more flexible, reliable and climate-friendly design. Can be used for wire-free power transmission from PV panels to vehicles, homes, devices, and the like. The solar PV panel may have a wireless source resonator capable of directly powering the PV panel to a device capable of receiving the wireless power. The energy captured by the PV panel, for example, can be delivered wirelessly, for example, directly below the roof of the building or to a device inside the vehicle. A device with a resonator can wirelessly receive power from the PV panel wirelessly. Wireless power transfer from a PV panel allows conventional power distribution and powering of prior art devices without any contact between the external PV panel and the internal electrical system and transfers energy to resonators connected to wire electrical systems such as houses, . &Lt; / RTI &gt;

The wireless power transfer simplifies the installation of the roof top PV panel considerably, because power can be transmitted wirelessly from the panel to the capture resonator in the home so that all external wiring, connectors, and wires and the roof and wall of the structure This is because any holes are lost. The wireless power transfer used with solar cells can have the advantage of reducing the risk of roofing because there is no need for an electrician to work on the roof to interconnect the panels, strings, and junction boxes. Installation of a solar panel integrated with a wireless power transfer part may require less skilled techniques, since relatively little electrical contact needs to be made. Place-specific designs may be less needed in the wireless power delivery unit because the installer is given the ability to individually optimize and place each solar PV panel, and the need for expensive engineering and panel layout services is significant It is because it decreases. There is no need to carefully balance solar loads on all panels, and no need for specialized DC wiring layouts and interconnects.

For loop top or wall installation of PV panels, the capture resonance may be mounted on the underside of the roof or mounted on any other readily accessible inner space in the floor or solar PV panel. A diagram showing the installation of a typical roof top PV panel is shown at 51. The various PV solar collectors can be mounted on top of the roof with the wireless power capture coil mounted within the building below the roof. The resonator coil in the PV panel can transmit its energy wirelessly to the wireless capture coil through the roof. The energy captured from the PV cell may be coupled to the electrical system of the house to power the electrical and electronic devices and collected or coupled to the power grid when greater power is generated than is required. Energy is captured from the PV cell without the need for holes or wires through the roof or wall of the building. Each PV panel may have a resonator coupled to a corresponding resonator inside the vehicle or building. A plurality of panels can utilize wireless power transfer between each other so that power is delivered and collected within a vehicle of the house in a designated panel or panel pair coupled to the resonator. The panels may have a wireless power resonator around or on the panel side, which may be coupled to a resonator located in another similar panel that is capable of delivering power from the panel to the panel. An additional bus or connection structure may be provided to deliver power to one or more resonators in a vehicle or building and to wirelessly couple power from multiple panels outside of the vehicle or building.

For example, as shown in FIG. 51, a source resonator 5102 may be coupled to a PV cell 5100 mounted above a roof 5104 of a building. A corresponding capture resonator 5106 is disposed within the building. The solar energy captured by the PV cell can then be transferred between the source resonators 5102 that are external to the device resonator 5106 inside the building without having to have a hole and connection through the building .

Each solar PV panel with a wireless power transfer section can have its own inverter, which supports a mix of panel size and type in a single installation including a single panel "pay as you grow" system extension. And by optimizing the power production efficiency of each panel individually, it significantly improves the economics of the solar system. It may be economical to install a single panel due to reduced installation costs. This eliminates a single point of failure in the system, eliminating the need for careful placement and orientation of multiple panels and the need for panel string design.

The wireless power transfer in the PV solar panel allows for a more solar deployment scenario, in which weather-sealed solar PV panels are installed on the roof of the vehicle and on sealed surfaces such as ship decks This eliminates the need to drill holes for wiring and eliminates the need to install the panel in a fixed position. Using the wireless power transfer part, the PV panel can be temporarily unfolded and then moved and removed without having to maintain a permanent deformation to the surrounding structure. These panels can be placed in the garden on sunny days, moved along the sun, or can be taken indoors for cleaning or storage, for example. For backyard or mobile solar PV applications, an extension cord with a wireless energy capture device may be installed on the ground or near the solar unit. The capture extension cord can be electrically insulated and completely sealed from the element, and thus can be used in any indoor or outdoor environment.

A wire or external connection may not be needed using the wireless power transfer, and the PV solar panel may be completely weather shielded. The durability and lifetime of electrical components in solar PV power generation and delivery circuits can be significantly improved because the weather-shield enclosure can protect components from UV radiation, humidity, weather, and so on. The use of a wireless power transfer unit and a weather-shielded enclosure makes it possible to use less expensive components, because the components can be exposed to external elements and weather elements directly and the cost of the PV panels can be reduced.

Power transfer between the PV panels and the capture resonators in a building or vehicle may be bi-directional. Energy can be transferred from the house grid to the PV panel to provide power when the panel does not have enough energy to perform this particular task. A power motor that places the panels in a position where reverse power flow is preferred to solar energy can also be used to melt snow from the panel. When the snow melts or the panel is relocated and the PV panel is able to generate its own energy, the direction of power transfer can be restored to normally deliver power from the PV panel to the building, vehicle or device.

A PV panel with a wireless power transfer part may include auto-tuning on the facility to effectively deliver power to the wireless collector and maximize it. Changing the distance between the PV panels and the wireless power collector or changing the roofing material in various installations may disturb the characteristics of the resonator of the wireless power transfer part or affect its performance. To reduce the complexity of the installation, the wireless power transfer components may include a tuning function that automatically adjusts its operating point to counteract any effects due to material or distance. Frequency, impedance, capacitance, inductance, duty cycle, voltage level, and so on can be adjusted to ensure effective and safe power delivery.

The systems and methods described herein may be used to provide an extension of a conventional electrical outlet for a wireless power zone, such as the use of a wireless power extension cord, or to temporarily provide a wireless power zone. For example, a wireless power extension cord may be used to connect a plug to a conventional power outlet, a long wire in a conventional power extension cord, and other ends (e.g., instead of or in addition to the conventional socket end of the extension) Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; a &lt; / RTI &gt; In addition, the wireless extension code may be configured to be a source resonator at a plurality of locations along a wireless extension code. This geometry then provides wireless power to locations without a convenient power outlet (e.g., a location in the living room without an outlet) and to a location without a wire power base (e.g., a construction site) Supply wireless power to temporary wireless power supplies and to an outletless garden (for example, for a wirelessly powered grooming facility or for a party to cut off the usual electrical cord) , And the like, as well as any extension cord with a wireless power supply. The wireless extension code may also be used as a drop in a structure or wall for providing a wireless power zone around a drop. For example, a cordless extension cord may be formed in the space of a new or improved room to provide a wireless power zone without the need to install conventional electrical wiring and outlets.

The systems and methods described herein may be used with any other type of vehicle having a moving part such as a vehicle, a robot, a mechanical device, a moving part or rotating assembly of a wind turbine, a robotic arm, a construction vehicle, a mobile platform, May be used to provide power between structures or rotating devices. Traditionally, the power in such systems has been provided by, for example, slip rings or rotary joints. The use of a wireless power transfer unit as described herein can significantly improve design simplicity, durability, and the lifetime of such devices, which allows the power to be worn without any physical connections or points of contact that can wear out over time Because it can be transmitted over a considerable distance. In particular, depending on the preferred coaxial and parallel alignment of the source and device coils, the wireless power transfer portion is not significantly altered by the relative rotational movement of the two coils.

The systems and methods described herein can be used to extend the power requirements beyond the range of a single source resonator by providing a series of source-device-source-device resonators. For example, considering an existing separate garage that does not have electrical power, the owner wants to install a new power service. However, the owner does not want to install wires throughout the entire garage, or do not want to crack the walls to wire electrical outlets throughout the structure. In this case, the owner can choose to connect the source resonator to the new power service, so that the radio power can be supplied to the device resonator outlets through the rear of the garage. The owner can then install a device-source 'relay' to supply radio power to the device resonator outlet in front of the garage. That is, the power relay can receive radio power from the primary source resonator, which then feeds the allowable power to the second source resonator and power is supplied to the second set of device resonators in the cold front. This shape may be repeated again to widen the coverage of the supplied wireless power.

Multiple resonators can be used to extend the power requirements around the energy blocking material. For example, it may be desirable to integrate the source resonator into a computer or a computer monitor so that the resonator powers devices on the periphery and in particular on a monitor or keyboard front, such as a keyboard, a computer mouse, a telephone, For reasons such as aesthetics, spatial harmonization, etc., the energy source that can be used for the source resonator can only be located or connected to the monitor or computer.

In many designs of computers or monitors, circuits including metal components and metal are used in design and packaging, which prevents the transfer of power from the source monitor to the monitor or computer front from the monitor or computer.

Additional repeater resonators may be integrated into the monitor or the base or pedestal of the computer, which is coupled to the source resonator behind a computer or monitor and allows power transfer to the monitor or computer frontal space. An intermediate resonator integrated into the base or pedestal of the monitor or computer does not require an additional power source. Which captures power from the source resonator and transfers power to the front side of the blocking or shielding metal component of the monitor or computer.

The systems and methods described herein may be embedded, toppled, suspended, or otherwise integrated into a spatial structural portion such as an automobile, an office, a home, a room, a building, an external structure,

For example, one or more of the sources may be embedded within, mounted on, suspended over, suspended from, or otherwise attached to a wall, ceiling or ceiling panel, floor, divider, doorway, stair wall, compartment, road surface, sidework, lamp, fence, , Can be integrated together.

One or more of the sources may be, for example, beds, desks, chairs, carpets, mirrors, clocks, displays, televisions, electronic devices, tables, furniture, artwork, enclosures, , A trunk, a wheel wall, a post, a beam, a support, or the like. For example, the source resonator may be integrally integrated into the dashboard of the user's vehicle, and one device resonator may be powered from the dashboard source resonator to any device with or attached thereto. In this way, devices integrated into the vehicle or installed in the vehicle can be constantly charged or powered while in the vehicle.

The systems and methods can provide power through the walls of vehicles such as boats, cars, trucks, buses, trains, airplanes, satellites, and the like. For example, the user would not want to puncture through the wall of the vehicle to provide power to the electronics outside the vehicle.

 The source resonator is located in the inner volume, and the device resonator may be located outside the vehicle (e.g., on the opposite side of the window, wall, or structure). In such a case, the user would be able to achieve a very good flexibility in adapting the placement, positioning and attachment of the external device to the vehicle (without providing electrical connection or routing the device).

In addition, when electrical power is supplied wirelessly, the external device is sealed and watertight, allowing the electronic device to be safe even when exposed to the weather (e.g., rain) or immersed in water. Similar techniques can be used in a variety of applications such as powering or charging devices with electrical hazards due to the exposure of conductors, such as hybrid vehicles, navigation and communication equipment, construction equipment, remote control or robotic equipment.

The systems and methods can provide power through a wall of a vacuum chamber or other enclosed space, such as those used in semiconductor growth and processing, material coating systems, aquarium hazardous materials processing systems, and the like. The power may be provided by a translation stage, a robotic arm, a rotating stage, an operation and collection device, a cleaning device, and the like.

The system and method may be applied to a computer, such as a mixer, a coffee maker, a toaster, a toaster oven, a grill, a greyler, an electronic skillet, an electronic pot, an electronic pot, a waffle maker, a blender, , A kitchen countertop electrical device that includes a display, and the like. Such a technique can improve the mobility and / or positioning flexibility of the device, reduce the number of power cords spread over the kitchen countertops, and improve the washability of the device.

For example, an electronic skillet has discrete portions such as not immersed in water because it contains a water-immersion for cleaning and an external electrical connection (e.g., a socket for a cord or a removable cord). However, when the device resonator is integrated into the device, all of the electrical connections can be sealed so that the entire device can be immersed in water for cleaning. Also, since there is no external cord, the need for an electrical wall outlet is eliminated, and the power cord does not need to be located at the counter, and the position of the electrical steel plate (s) needs to be limited to the location of the available wall receptacle I was lost.

The system and method herein may be applied to device resonators because electrical devices such as stationary electrical devices, personal computers, intercom systems, security systems, home robots, lamps, remote control units, televisions, cordless telephones, Lt; RTI ID = 0.0 &gt; power / charge &lt; / RTI &gt; For example, a home robot (such as ROOMBA) can be powered or recharged via wireless power, so it can be used for long periods without recharging.

In this way, the home robot power supply design can be changed using this same continuous power supply of wireless power, and the power from the source resonator can be used without using the rechargeable battery, Charge the robotic rechargeable battery using power from the source resonator, and charge the capacitive energy storage unit using power from the source resonator. Similar optimizations of the power supply and power circuit can be made, designed, and realized in any or all of the devices described herein.

The system and method of the present invention can provide wireless power with an electrically heated blanket, heating pad / patch. These electrically heated devices can be applied to a variety of indoor or outdoor applications. For example, hand and foot warmers supplied to outdoor workers, such as security guards, police officers, construction workers, etc., may be connected to neighboring vehicles, buildings, utility poles, traffic lights, portable power units, Power can be supplied.

The system and method of the present invention can be used to power a powered portable information device that includes a device resonator when the information device is near an information source comprising a source resonator. For example, the information device may be a user pocket, a wallet, a vehicle, a card carried by a bicycle (e.g., a credit card, a smart card, an electronic card, etc.).

The portable information device is powered when it is close to an information source that is to transmit information to a portable information device including an electronic logic device, an electronic processor, a memory, a display, an LCD display, an LED, an RFID tag, For example, the portable information device may be a credit card with a display, the display is "turned on" when the information source is near, and the user has received a coupon to receive a 50% discount when buying the next Coca-Cola. "Is provided.

The information device may store information such as coupon or discount information that can be used at the time of the next purchase. The portable information device can be programmed by the user to include tasks, calendar appointments, to-do lists, alarms and reminders, and the like. The information device receives recent pricing information and informs the user of the price and location of the previously selected or designated item.

The system and method of the present invention provides wireless power transmission to direct power or recharge the rechargeable batteries in the sensor, such as ambient sensors, security sensors, agricultural sensors, household electric appliance sensors, food decay sensors, power sensors, At this time, the sensor can be mounted inside the structure, outside the structure, buried in the ground, or installed in the wall.

For example, this possibility eliminates the need to replace an old sensor to physically replace the rechargeable battery, or the old sensor needs to be replaced with a new sensor because the power is exhausted or no longer operating. These sensors can be periodically charged using a portable sensor source resonator charging unit.

For example, a truck with a source resonator with a power source (say, providing ~ kW of power) will provide enough power to the ~ mW sensor in a few minutes to extend the operating time of the sensor for more than a year can do. In addition, sensors can be powered directly, such as power sensors in proximity to source resonators, such as out-of-home devices (security cameras), other side walls, door locks on doors, . In another example, sensors that need to be powered by a wired power connection may be powered through the system and method of the present invention.

For example, a ground fault interrupter breaker combines residual current and overcurrent protection within a device to be installed into the service panel. However, the sensors are wired and powered independently in the prior art, which complicates the installation. However, according to the present invention system and method, the sensor is powered by a device resonator, and a single source resonator is provided in the service panel, thus simplifying the installation and routing structure within the service panel.

In addition, the single-source resonator can supply power to a device resonator mounted on either side of a source resonator mounted within the service panel, such as through a service panel, to a further nearby service panel, and so on. The system and method of the present invention provides wireless power to an electrical component such as an electrical panel, an electrical room, a power distribution, etc., such as an electronic switchboard, distribution board, circuit breaker, transformer, Lt; / RTI &gt; The systems and methods of the present invention facilitate the installation, maintenance and repair of electrical distribution and protection components and systems.

In yet another embodiment, the sensor powered by the rechargeable battery is supplied with radio power to cause the rechargeable battery to be periodically or continuously recharged or trickle charged, so that the rechargeable battery can continue to be used without changing the rechargeable battery. In such applications, the charge in the rechargeable battery can be adequately recharged or maintained, even at low levels of power, and the lifetime and usability of these rechargeable batteries can be sufficiently extended. In some cases, the life of the rechargeable battery allows for a "permanent use" rechargeable battery because it extends beyond the lifetime of the powered device.

The system and method of the present invention can be used to recharge a rechargeable medical device implant into a body. Examples include artificial hearts, pacemakers, heart pumps, insulin pumps, nerve or body implanted coils for acupressure / acupuncture point stimulation. For example, a mammary gland may be infected, and it is not desirable to have a wired connection to the patient because the patient is infected. The systems and methods of the present invention can be used to charge or power a medical device in a patient from a bed or hospital wall or ceiling with a source.

Such medical devices are easy to attach, read, use and monitor to the patient. The system and method of the present invention alleviates the need to attach a streamline to the patient and patient's bed or bedside and facilitates moving from and to the bed without the risk of the patient accidentally blocking the medical device.

Patients with multiple sensors that monitor them, for example, to measure pulses, blood pressure, etc., can be usefully used. In the case of medical and monitoring devices that use rechargeable batteries, the rechargeable batteries need to be frequently replaced, for example, once a week. This can be dangerous if you forget to replace the rechargeable battery, because the rechargeable battery is completely worn out or you are not paying attention to the infection caused by not properly cleaning the rechargeable battery cover and compartment.

The systems and methods of the present invention reduce the risk and complexity of the medical device body implant procedure. Today, many body implantable medical devices, such as ventricular assist devices, pacemakers, defibrillators, require surgical body implantation due to the form factor of these devices, And the size and shape of the rechargeable battery.

According to one feature, a non-acupuncture method for recharging a rechargeable battery is known, thereby greatly reducing the size of the layer cell, and the entire device can be implanted through a catheter. The catheter body implantation device includes an integral capture or device coil. The catheter body implant capture or device coil is designed to be wired internally after body implantation.

The capture or device coil may be placed through a catheter as a rounded flexible coil (e.g., rolled up like two rolls, which can be easily deployed within the body through the spreader means). A power source coil may be worn on a well-woven vest (vest) to position the source in place, or it may be located in a chair cushion or bed cushion, and may be integrally incorporated into a bed or furniture.

The system and method of the present invention may allow a patient to have a 'sensor vest', a sensor patch, etc., such that one of the plurality of medical sensors and the power when it is near the source resonator To be supplied or charged. Traditionally, this kind of medical monitoring equipment required rechargeable batteries, making the best (vests), patches, etc. heavy and impractical.

However, by using the principle described in the present invention, it is not necessary to use a rechargeable battery (or a light rechargeable rechargeable battery), and therefore, when such a medical device is fixed by an adhesive, without a strap, So it is much more convenient and practical. The medical device can remotely read the sensor data for the purpose of predicting strokes, heart disease (eg, a few minutes before the onset).

When a vest is used by a person at a location remotely from a medical device in the patient's home, the vest may be integrated with a cell phone or communication device to provide an ambulance in the event of an accident or medical accident You can call it. The system and method of the present invention is particularly valuable when the best-of-breed should be used by old age, and conventional non-wireless recharging techniques (such as replacing the rechargeable battery and plugging in at night) are not required. The systems and methods of the present invention may also be used to replace or recharge the rechargeable batteries or to recharge the devices used by assistive devices used to assist persons with disabilities that rely on ancillary devices and must provide reliable power to these devices It can also be used for.

The system and method of the present invention can be used to charge and power the artificial limb. Artificial limbs are very useful in replacing the functions of limbs such as arms, legs, hands, and feet. However, artificial limbs that need to be powered require a considerable amount of power (10-20W) which can be transferred to a considerable rechargeable battery.

In such a case, the person who underwent the cutting operation will be in a position to choose between a lightweight rechargeable battery that has a long life span and a heavy rechargeable battery that has a long life span but is very difficult to carry. However, the system and method of the present invention allows the artificial limb to be powered by the device resonator, where the source resonator can be part of a body that can be carried by the user and can more easily support the weight Such as a belt, or may be located in an external location (such as a desk, car, bed, etc.) where the user can spend enough time to charge or receive power.

The system and method of the present invention can be used to power and charge electrically powered exo-skeletons, such as those used in aged / elderly / infirm and in industrial and military applications. have. Electrically powered exo-skeletons provide a 10-20-fold increase in "strength" to a person, allowing a person to repeat physically strong work without fatigue.

However, the exo-skeleton requires more than 100 W of power under certain usage scenarios, so operation powered by the rechargeable battery is limited to 30 minutes or less. This transfer of wireless power provides the exo-skeleton user with a continuous power supply to power the structural movement of the exo-skeleton and to power various monitors and sensors distributed in such a structure. .

For example, an exo-skeleton with embedded device resonator (s) is powered from a local source resonator. In the case of industrial exo-skeletons, the source resonator may be located within the walls of the equipment. In the case of a military exo-skeleton, the source resonator may be equipped in an armed vehicle. In the case of an exo-skeleton used to assist a person in care of old age, the source resonator (s) may be installed or located in a person's home room.

The systems and methods of the present invention may be used to power and / or charge portable medical devices such as oxygen systems, ventilators, defibrillators, medical pumps, monitors, and equipment in ambulances or mobile medical devices. Because the patient can be transferred from the place of the accident to the hospital, or because the patient can be moved from their bed to another room or place, and all the equipment to which they are attached is always supplied with power, And ultimately brings great benefits to welfare.

You will understand the risks and problems that arise because the medical device will stop functioning as the device will cause the device to unplug when the rechargeable battery is exhausted or the patient is transported or moved. For example, in a car accident area, an emergency medical team needs to use portable medical equipment in the field for emergency patient care. These portable medical devices are properly maintained to ensure that sufficient battery life is maintained to supply power to these devices during emergency procedures.

However, it is often the case that such a device is not properly maintained so that the rechargeable battery is not fully charged, and in some cases the necessary equipment is rendered unavailable to the first responder. However, the system and method of the present invention provides wireless power to portable medical equipment (and the sensor input associated with the patient) so that charging of the rechargeable battery and power pack is automatically provided and no human intervention is required. Such systems also improve patient mobility because they are not disturbed by the various power cords attached to the many medical monitors and devices used in their therapy.

The system and method of the present invention can be used to power and / or charge a personal hearing aid. Personal hearing aids need to be small and lightweight to fit the human ear. These limits of size and weight limit the size of the rechargeable battery that can be used. Likewise, the limitation of the size and weight of the device makes it difficult to replace the rechargeable battery due to the delicacy of the components.

The size and hygiene of the device makes it difficult to integrate additional charging ports to allow recharging of the rechargeable battery. The system and method of the present invention can be integrally integrated into a hearing aid and reduce the size of the rechargeable battery required, which allows for the creation of even smaller hearing aid devices. Using the principles introduced herein, the rechargeable battery of the hearing aid can be recharged without the need for an external connection or charging port.

Charging and device circuits and small rechargeable batteries can be integrated into a conventional hearing aid device form factor and allow new parts to be placed into existing hearing aid devices. The hearing aid may be recharged while in use and while the person is wearing it. When the hearing is located in such a structure, the energy source may be integrated integrally into the pat or cup allowable refill.

When the hearing is located in such a configuration, the filling source may be integrally integrated into the hearing aid dryer box, allowing the hearing aid to be wirelessly recharged while being dried and sanitized. The source and device resonators can be used to heat the device, reducing or eliminating the need for additional heating elements. A portable charging case powered by a rechargeable battery or an AC adapter can be used as a storage and charging station.

The source resonator for the described medical system may be located in the main body of some or all of the medical devices and the device resonator is in the patient's sensor and device; The source resonator may be in an ambulance and the device resonator is in the main body of the patient's sensor and some or all of the devices; The primary source resonator is in the ambulance for delivering wireless power to the device resonator while the medical device is in the ambulance and the second device resonator is in the patient's sensor when the device is away from the ambulance. The system and method of the present invention greatly improves the ability of a practitioner to easily transfer a patient from one location to another and reduces the need to charge or replace rechargeable batteries connected by power wires and manually.

The systems and methods of the present invention can be used to charge devices located in military vehicles or equipment such as tanks, armored carriers, moving shelters, and the like. For example, when a soldier returns to the vehicle after an "action" or mission, they begin to recharge their electronic devices. If a device resonator is installed in these electronic devices and there is a source resonator in the interior of the vehicle (e.g. in the seat or on the ceiling of the vehicle), these devices will start charging immediately. In fact, it would be possible to provide power to soldiers / robots (eg, packboats from iRobot) that are standing outside the same charity vehicle or walking beside the vehicle.

This ability is useful to minimize accidental recharge-replacements with others (this is a very important issue because soldiers trust only their own rechargeable batteries); Making it possible to escape more quickly from the vehicle during an attack; To power or charge the laptop or other electronic device in the tank; The presence of too many wires in the tank reduces risk and visibility in that it reduces the ability to move quickly in the event of a "problem". The system and method of the present invention provide significant improvements in powering portable power equipment in a military environment.

The system and method of the present invention can be used for wireless powering or charging a moving vehicle such as a golf cart or other type of cart, an all-terrain vehicle, an electronic bicycle, a scooter, a car, a lawnmower, Bobcat, Ability to provide. The systems and methods of the present invention may be applied to mini-helicopters, aerial remote control UAVs, remote control airplanes, remote control boats, remote controls or robot rover, remote control or robot lawn mowers or equipment, bomb detection robots, Provides wireless powering to mobile vehicles and provides charging capability.

For example, a mini-helicopter flying over a military vehicle would increase the number of observations, and a standard rechargeable battery could fly for several minutes. If these mini-helicopters are equipped with a device resonator, and if the control vehicle has a source resonator, the mini-helicopter can fly infinitely. The system and method of the present invention provide an effective alternative to recharge or replace the rechargeable battery for use in a small mobile vehicle.

In addition, the system and method of the present invention can also provide and / or charge power to smaller devices such as microelectromechanical systems (MEMS), nano-robots, and the like. Further, the system and method of the present invention can be used as an in-field or in-field recharger in which a source device is installed in a moving vehicle or a flight vehicle such that the device is automatically positioned proximate a moving vehicle equipped with the device resonator .

The system and method of the present invention can be used to provide a power network for temporary equipment, such as military camps, oil drilling installations, remote filming locations, and the like. At this time, electric power is required for the power generator, and a power cable is used around the temporary equipment. There are many cases that are necessary to install temporary equipment that requires power.

The systems and methods of the present invention enable a more efficient method of quickly installing and dismantling these devices and reducing the number of wires that must be used throughout these devices to provide power. For example, when special forces move into a region, they set up a tent and pull many wires around the camp to provide the necessary electricity.

However, the system and method of the present invention can allow a military vehicle equipped with a power supply and a source resonator to park in the center of the camp and provide all of the power to nearby tents, wherein the device resonator can be integrated into the tent Or may be integrated into each tent or area and associated equipment.

A series of source-device-source-device resonators can be used to extend power to more distant tents. That is, a tent in close proximity to the vehicle can then provide power to the remote tent behind these. The systems and methods of the present invention provide significant improvements in the efficiency with which temporary equipment is installed and disassembled, thereby improving the mobility of the associated equipment.

The system and method of the present invention can be used to replace electrical wires, install new equipment, power a device brought into a vehicle, charge a rechargeable battery in a vehicle (e.g., a conventional gas power engine, a hybrid car, an electronic car, Such as powering devices mounted inside or outside of the vehicle, powering devices in proximity to the vehicle, and the like. For example, the systems and methods of the present invention can be used to power lights, fans, and sensors that are dispersed throughout the vehicle.

As an example, if a typical automobile has 50 kg of electrical leads associated with the vehicle, the system and method of the present invention can remove a significant amount of such wiring. For even larger and more weight-sensitive vehicles such as airplanes or satellites, it is much more profitable to reduce the number of cables that must be used throughout the vehicle.

The systems and methods of the present invention enable the removal of or supplementary parts of vehicles having electronic and electrical devices without the need for electrical harnesses (equipment). For example, a motorcycle may have a removable side box that acts as a temporary trunk space when the cyclist travels a long distance. These side boxes have external lights, internal lights, sensors, auto devices and so on. If there is no apparatus according to the system and method of the present invention, it will require electrical connections and harnesses (equipment).

The in-vehicle wireless power transmission system allows one or more mobile devices used in a car to be charged and powered: mobile phone telephone handsets, Bluetooth handsets, Bluetooth handsfree speaker phones, GPS, MP3 players, FM A wireless audio transceiver for streaming MP3 audio through a car stereo, BlueTooth and so on. The in-vehicle wireless power source includes a charging pad on the dash, a charging pad mounted on a floor, otherwise, a charging pad located between the seat and the center console, a charging cup or receptacle on the cup holder or dash A source resonator arranged in any one of various possible configurations can be used.

The wireless power transmission source can use the rechargeable rechargeable battery system so that the rechargeable rechargeable battery is charged whenever the vehicle power is on. When the vehicle is off, the wireless power draws power from the rechargeable battery, And can be wirelessly recharged with mobile devices that are still in the vehicle or to be able to continue to supply power.

Future plug-in electronic cars, hybrid cars, etc. need to be charged, and users need to plug in the power when they are at home or going to the charging station. When recharging only once a night, the user can travel 50 miles the next day. Thus, in the case of hardy bridges, most of the users can move to electricity if they move to less than 50 miles a day. However, it would be beneficial if they did not have to remember to plug the car at night.

In other words, you can simply go to the garage and it would be nice if the car could charge it. For this purpose, the source resonator would preferably be located at the bottom of the garage or at the garage sidewall, and the device resonator would be located within the car floor (or sidewall). A few kW of transmission would be enough to recharge the car overnight. The in-vehicle device resonator measures the magnetic field characteristics and provides feedback to assist in alignment within the vehicle (or other like devices) to a fixed resonant source.

The vehicle uses such position feedback to automatically determine its position to achieve optimal alignment, thus making the best possible power transfer efficiency. Another approach is to use the position feedback to allow the operator to properly position the vehicle or device using methods such as increasing the illumination of the LEDs, providing noise, etc. when properly positioned. When the amount of power being transmitted is a safety hazard to a person or animal entering into the field volume in use, the source or receiver device may be provided with a light curtain or other external device capable of detecting entry into such in- To shut down the source device and warn the operator.

In addition, the source device is equipped with a self-sensing capability to inspect its expected power transmission rate to see if it is interfered by an entrant, and to alert the operator if the source device is interrupted. A physical or mechanical structure, such as a hinged door or an inflatable bladder shield, may be used as a physical barrier to prevent unwanted entry. Sensors such as optical, magnetic, capacitive, inductive, etc. may be used to inspect the outer structure or interference between the source and the device resonator. The shape of the source resonator can be shaped to prevent accumulation of water or debris. The source resonator is placed in a cone shaped enclosure or has an enclosure with an angled top so that water and debris can fall off. The source of the system allows the source to inform its presence to initiate a power transfer using the rechargeable power of the vehicle or its own rechargeable power.

The source resonator can be attached to a built-in or hanging post, to a wall, to a stand, and to a device resonator mounted on a bumper, hood, body panel or the like of an electric vehicle. The source resonator may be embedded or enclosed in a flexible enclosure such as a cushion, pad, bellows, spring loaded enclosure, etc. so that the electric vehicle can contact the structure containing the source coil without damaging the vehicle do. The structure including the source can prevent an object from coming between the source and the device resonator. Because wireless power transmission is relatively insensitive to misalignment between the source and the device coils, a variety of flexible source structures and parking procedures may be suitable for such applications.

The system and method of the present invention can be used to trickle the rechargeable battery of an electric, hybrid or combustion engine vehicle. The vehicle needs a small amount of power to maintain and replenish the rechargeable battery power. The power can be transmitted wirelessly from a source to a device resonator that can be integrated into a front grill, ceiling, basin, or other part of the vehicle. The device resonator is designed to fit into the frontal shape of the vehicle or the logo shape around the grill so as to prevent air flow through the radiator. The device or source resonator may have an additional mode of operation that allows the resonator to be used as a heating element that can be used to melt snow or ice from the vehicle.

Electric vehicles or hybrid vehicles may require multiple device resonators and may easily allow the vehicle to approach the source resonator (e.g., the greater the number of device resonators, the more numerous the vehicle can be connected to the charging station) (E.g., an additional device resonator is required to maintain local heating due to the charging current to an acceptable level) and to allow the vehicle to automatically park / dock to the charging station To help you.

 For example, the vehicle may be instructed to park the vehicle in the vehicle or to the automatic parking / docking equipment for optimal charging conditions (i.e., the vehicle device resonator optimal location for the source resonator of the charging station provides higher power transfer efficiency) (Or a single resonator) having a feedback system that provides a feedback loop. Automatic parking / docking equipment allows the vehicle to park automatically based on how well the vehicle is coupled.

The power transmission system is used to power the device and peripheral devices of the vehicle. Power delivery to the peripheral may be provided while the vehicle is being charged or not being charged, or may be delivered to a conventional vehicle where power is not required to charge. For example, the power may be transmitted wirelessly to a conventional non-electric vehicle while the vehicle is parked to allow power to be supplied to the air conditioner, refrigerator unit, heater, electric lamp, etc., , Which is important to avoid accumulating exhaust gases.

Power is wirelessly transmitted to the bus while it is parked, for example, to allow power to be supplied to lamps, peripherals, passenger devices, etc., in order to avoid the use of an onboard engine or power source. Power can be stopped on tarmac or on a hanger to a power measuring instrument, climate control, de-icing equipment, etc., without having to use an onboard engine or power source.

Wireless power transmission in the vehicle can be used to enable vehicle caspathing to the grid (V2G). Vehicles to the grid are based on the use of electric vehicles and plug-in hybrid vehicles (PHEVs), which are energy storage dispersers, charged at night when no electricity is used, and during peak demand episodes occurring during the day It can be discharged again into the grid. Directional energy flow of the wireless power transmission system in the vehicle and each infrastructure,

Allowing energy to flow back to the grid from the vehicle without plugging in. The huge vehicles parked in factories, offices, parking lots, etc. can be viewed as "peaking capacity" by the smart grid. Wireless power transmission in the vehicle enables to realize such V2G vision. By simplifying the process (i.e., by simply parking in a wireless rechargeable parking location), a number of vehicles will be "dispatchable" when the grid needs to open their power.

If you do not charge wirelessly, electricity and PHEV owners will charge their vehicles at home and park them at conventional parking places. If you do not need a charge, who would want to plug their vehicle at work. For a wireless charging system that can wirelessly charge 3 kW, 100,000 vehicles will be able to provide 300 megawatts back to the grid, using the energy generated the night before, at low cost. This is a reasonably wireless self-priming PHEV ergonomics, and electric vehicles make it a viable V2G energy source.

The system and method of the present invention may be used to power a sensor in a vehicle, such as a sensor in a tire, for measuring air pressure, or to power a sensor in a vehicle such as a mobile phone, a GPS device, a navigation device, a game player, an audio or video player, Routers, communication equipment, anti-theft devices, radar devices, and the like.

For example, in the present specification, the source resonator is installed in the main compartment of the automobile to supply power to various devices located both inside and outside the main compartment of the automobile. When the vehicle is a motorcycle, the inventive device is integrally incorporated into a motorcycle body such as a seat, and the device resonator can be provided in a user's helmet for communication, entertainment, signal transmission, etc., And may be provided in a user's rack to display signals to other drivers.

The systems and methods of the present invention may also be used in connection with transport infrastructure such as roads, trains, airplanes, ships, and the like. For example, the source resonator may be installed on a road, a parking lot, a rail-line, or the like. The source resonator can be mounted on the underside of a traffic light, sign or the like. For example, when the source resonator is installed on the road and the device resonator is installed in the vehicle, the vehicle is supplied with electric power while they are moving along the road, or when they are parked on the side of the road or on the road.

The system and method of the present invention can provide an effective method for an in-vehicle electrical system such that the vehicle is powered or charged while traversing a road network, or part of a road network. In this way, the system and method of the present invention contribute to power supply / charge for autonomous vehicles, automatic guided vehicles, and the like. The system and method of the present invention enables power to be provided to a vehicle at a location where the vehicles are stationary in a traffic light or sign, high speed ramp, or parking lot.

The system and method of the present invention can be used in industrial environments such as factories for power ring machines, powering / charging robots, powering or charging wireless sensors for robotic arms, powering / charging tools, and the like. For example, using the system and method of the present invention, powering a device in the robotic arm allows direct wire connection to be removed from the robotic arm's joint. In this way, such direct wire connection can be avoided, and the reliability of the robot can be increased.

In this way, the device resonator can be in the arm of the robot, and the source resonator can be in the robot base at a central location close to the robot integrated in the industrial equipment providing the service. The use of the system and method of the present invention allows the wiring to be connected to the power distribution within the commercial equipment to be removed, thus benefiting the overall reliability of the equipment.

The system and method according to the present invention can be used in underground applications such as drilling, mining, digging, and the like. For example, electrical components and sensors associated with drilling, excavation, and the like use the system and method of the present invention to allow cables connected to digging means, drilling bits, etc. to be removed.

In another example, the system and method of the present invention can be used to power drilling equipment in mining applications where the power requirements for the equipment are high and distance is short, but there are no personnel involved in the associated field. For example, the excavation area may have a device resonator power digging equipment, which may have a high power requirement and can be mined relatively far from the source resonator. As a result, the source resonator needs to provide high field strength to meet these needs, but the peaks are far enough away from these high intensity fields. Such high power, insufficiency scenarios can be applied to many industrial applications.

The system and method according to the present invention may use an adjacency-field non-radiative resonance technique, in addition to power transfer or power transfer. For example, information for which information is conveyed by an adjacent-field non-radiative resonance technique may not be eavesdropped and thus may provide an increased level of security compared to conventional wireless communication techniques.

In addition, the information conveyed by the adjacent-field non-radiative resonance technique can interfere with the EM radiation spectrum and thus can not be a source of EM interference, thereby reducing the frequency range in the extended frequency range, Lt; / RTI &gt; Communication services may be remote, inaccessible or within remote sensors, between sections of a device or vehicle, in tunnels, in caves and wells (e.g., oil wells, other drilling locations) Devices or the like. Communication services are provided where the magnetic field experiences less losses than the electric field.

The apparatus and methods of the present invention enable simultaneous transmission of power and communication signals between a source and a device within a wireless power transmission system, or transmission of power and communication signals at different time periods or at different frequencies. The performance characteristics of the resonator can be modified to support or limit energy or information delivery range or efficiency.

The resonator performance characteristics can be controlled to improve security, for example, by reducing the range of information delivery. The performance characteristics of the resonator can be varied continuously, periodically, or according to a predetermined, calculated or automatically adjusted algorithm. For example, the power and information delivery enabled by the system and method of the present invention may be provided in a time or frequency multiplex manner. Sources, and devices send signals to one another by tuning, altering, varying, or dithering, and affect the reflected impedance of other resonators where the resonator impedance can be detected. The information transmitted as described herein includes information related to device identification, device power requirements, handshaking protocols, and the like.

The sources and devices sense, transmit, process, and use location and location information for other sources and / or devices in the power network. Sources and devices capture and use information such as elevation, slope, latitude, and longitude, and they come from a variety of sensors and sources, which can be part of the source and the component that is built into the device or connects to the source or device.

Location and direction information may include sources such as a GPS, compass, accelerometer, pressure sensor, atmospheric barometric sensor, location system using WiFi or cellular network signals. The source and device use location and location information to discover nearby wireless power transmission sources.

A source communicates with a central station or a database that identifies its location. A device obtains source location information from a central station or database or from a local broadcast, and provides the user or operator with a source of visual, vibrational, or audible assistance Guide. The sources and devices may be nodes within a communication network, within a sensor network, within a navigation network, or within a combined functional network.

The location and location information may also be used to optimize or tune power delivery. Additional information about the relative location of the source and the device may be used to optimize the magnetic field direction and the resonator element. The direction of the device and the source that can be obtained from an accelerometer, a magnetic sensor and the like can be used so that the magnetic field flux can identify the direction of the resonator and the most desirable direction of the magnetic field so as not to be blocked by the device circuit.

With this information, a source, or a combination of sources having the most preferable direction can be used. Likewise, position and orientation information is used to provide feedback to a user or operator of the device, to maximize power transfer efficiency, and to position the device in a preferred orientation or position to minimize loss.

The sources and devices include power metering and measurement circuits and capabilities. The power metering is used to track how much power can be delivered to one device or to track how much power is being sent by the source. The power metering and power usage information is used on a power delivery device for billing purposes based on cost.

Power metering is also used to enable power delivery policies and allow power to be injected into multiple devices according to certain criteria. For example, power metering is used to classify devices based on the amount of power they receive, and the power transfer priority is such that power transfer is determined by the minimum power received. Power metering can be used to provide ranking delivery services such as "guaranteed power" and "best effort power ", which are charged at different levels. Power metering is used to define and enforce a hierarchy of power delivery structures, allowing a priority device to command and receive more power or use scenarios in a given environment.

Power metering is used to optimize power delivery efficiency and minimize absorption and radiation losses. Information relating to the power received by the device may be used by the source associated with information about the power output of the source to identify the undesirable operating environment or frequency. For example, the amount of power received by the device may be compared with the amount of power transmitted to determine whether the source is large enough that the transmission loss is unacceptable.

A large number of transmission losses may result from unauthorized devices receiving power from the source and may cause source and other devices to initiate frequency hopping or other defensive measures to the resonant frequency to prevent unauthorized use. do. A large transmission loss may be due to, for example, an absorption loss, and the device and the source may be adjusted to alternate the resonant frequency to minimize such losses. The large transmission loss may also indicate the presence of undesired or unknown objects or materials, and the time when the source resumes powering the remote device, until the source detects that the undesired or unknown object is removed or identified , The power level is turned off.

The source and device include authentication capabilities. Authentication is used so that compatible sources and devices can transmit and receive power. Authentication is used to ensure that only authenticating devices that have a specific producer and no clones or devices and sources from other producers are guaranteed, and only devices that are part of a particular reservation or plan can receive power from one source.

Authentication is based on a cryptographic request, allowing it to be used on the basis of a unique signal in response to a protocol or a specific device, and to be authenticated based on similar characteristics to physically uncollable functionality. Authentication can be performed locally between each source and device with local communication, or used as a third party authentication method, where the source and device are authenticated by communication with the central authority.

The sources and devices use frequency hopping techniques to prevent the use of unauthorized wireless power sources. The source continuously adjusts or changes the resonant frequency of the power transfer. The change in frequency is carried out in a random or predetermined known way, in a reproducible manner, or in communication with a device which is authorized but unpredictable. The frequency hopping class and the various frequency numbers used can be large and frequent enough to make unauthorized use difficult and impossible. Frequency hopping can be implemented using a number of resonators that can adjust the impedance network, tune any of the drive circuits, and can be tuned or tuned to multiple resonant frequencies.

If the source is in ready-to-run mode, or if the source resonator is detuned or interrupted by an external object, it has power to identify the user and to show the status of coupling to one device resonator and transmit power. The notification capabilities include visible, audible, and vibrational methods. These notifications are three color lights, one for each state, and optionally a speaker to provide a notification in case of operational error. Optionally, the notification capability includes an interactive display showing the status of the source and optionally provides an indication of whether to fix or resolve the error or identified problem.

As another example, wireless power transmission can be used to improve the safety of electronic explosive initiators. Explosive devices are exploded with electronic explosives, electrical initiators, or impact tube initiators. The electronic initiator uses stored electrical energy (usually in a condenser) to activate igniter charging, and a low energy trigger signal is transmitted wirelessly or conducted.

The electronic initiator uses a high energy conduction trigger signal to provide both the signal and energy needed to activate the igniter charge. The impact tube sends a controlled blow through the cavity tube coated with explosive material from the generator to the igniter charge. There are safety issues associated with electronic and electrical initiators, because stray electromagnetic energy generates unintended activation. Wireless power transmission through rapidly resonating magnetic coupling can improve the safety of such systems.

Using the wireless delivery method disclosed herein, it is possible to create an electron detonating system that does not have a couple stored energy, thereby reducing the risk of unintended activation. A wireless power source is located adjacent to the initiator (within a few meters). The initiator may be equipped with a resonant capture coil. The activation energy may be communicated when the radio power source is triggered.

The triggering of the wireless power source may be initiated by a number of mechanisms: wireless, self-proximity wireless, conductive signal generation, ultrasound, laser beam. Wireless power transmission based on resonant magnetic coupling also has the advantage of delivering power through materials such as rock, earth, concrete, water, and other dense materials. The use of very high Q coils, such as receivers and sources, tuned precisely to very narrow band responses and tangential frequencies allows the initiator circuit to reliably capture the stray EM1 and to avoid unintentional activity.

The resonator of the wireless power device may be external or external to the device and may be connected to a rechargeable battery of the device. The layer cells of the device can be corrected to include appropriate modifications and adjust the circuit to receive the alternating current of the device resonator. This may enable a configuration with a larger external coil and may be made in a rechargeable battery of a keyboard or mouse or a digital camera or may be made in a larger coil attached to a re-connected device with a rechargeable battery / Can also be made. The rechargeable door is modified to provide interconnection from an external coil to the rechargeable battery / converter (which will require exposed contact to touch the rechargeable battery door contact).

Although the present invention has been described with reference to preferred embodiments, other implementations are possible without departing from the scope of the present invention. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (20)

A module for a wireless power system,
A first inductive element formed by at least one loop of electrically conductive material; And
An additional circuit coupled to the first inductive element and including a terminal for power supply or connection to an electrical load,
Wherein the first inductive element forms a high-Q resonator with at least a portion of the additional circuit, and wherein the resonator has a characteristic Q greater than 100 for at least one resonant frequency between 10 kHz and 100 MHz Value, and
Said additional circuit comprising:
A first capacitor coupled in series with the first inductive element to form a first circuit path;
A second capacitor connected in parallel with the first inductive element and forming a second circuit path; And
And a second inductive element connected in series with the first and second circuit paths. 2. The module of claim 1, wherein the second inductive element is an adjustable inductive element. 3. The module of claim 2, wherein the second inductive element comprises an adjustable inductor. 3. The module of claim 2, wherein the second inductive element comprises an inductor coupled in series and an adjustable capacitor. 2. The integrated circuit of claim 1, wherein the additional circuit comprises a first capacitor and a third capacitor in series with the first inductive element, opposite the first inductive element, from the first capacitor along a first circuit path A module for a wireless power system characterized by: 6. The module for a wireless power system according to claim 5, wherein the capacitance values of the first and third capacitors are the same. 2. The system of claim 1, wherein the module forms a component of a wireless power delivery system and during use of the system:
Wherein the power source of the wireless power delivery system wirelessly communicates power to a power receiving device comprising an electrical load; And
Wherein the module is configured to perform impedance matching of a wireless power delivery system, the impedance matching comprising matching an impedance reflected from the power receiver with a target impedance for a drive circuit of the power source. Modules for power systems. 8. The module of claim 7, wherein the module is configured to perform impedance matching when a voltage having the same magnitude and opposite sign is applied to the terminal. 2. The method of claim 1 wherein the module forms a component of a wireless power receiving device and during use of the device:
The power receiving device receiving power wirelessly from a power source; And
Wherein the module is configured to perform impedance matching in a wireless power receiving device, the impedance matching including matching the load impedance with a target impedance for a resonator of the power receiving device. 10. The module of claim 9, wherein the module is configured to perform impedance matching when a voltage having the same magnitude and opposite sign is applied to the terminal. 2. The module of claim 1, wherein the second capacitor is an adjustable capacitor. 12. The module of claim 11, wherein the first capacitor is an adjustable capacitor. 13. The system of claim 12, wherein the module forms a component of a wireless power delivery system for delivering power to a power receiving device comprising an electrical load; And
Wherein during the operation of the wireless power delivery system, a capacity value of the first capacitor is adjusted to compensate for a change in the electrical load. 13. The system of claim 12, wherein the module forms a component of a wireless power delivery system for delivering power to a power receiving device comprising an electrical load; And
Wherein during the operation of the wireless power delivery system the capacity value of the second capacitor is adjusted to compensate for the change in the electrical load. 3. The system of claim 2, wherein the module forms a component of a wireless power delivery system that transfers power to a power receiving device including an electrical load; And
During operation of the wireless power delivery system, a second inductive element inductance value is adjusted to compensate for changes in the electrical load. The method of claim 1, wherein if the module comprises only two capacitors, the capacitance value of the first capacitor is C3;
Said module comprising a first capacitor along a first circuit path and a third capacitor connected in series with a first inductive element; And
And the capacitances of the first and third capacitors are respectively 2C3. 17. The system of claim 16, wherein the module forms a component of a wireless power delivery system for delivering power to a power receiving device including an electrical load;
The first and third capacitors being each adjustable capacitors; And
Wherein during the operation of the wireless power delivery system, the capacitances of the first and third capacitors are adjusted to compensate for changes in the electrical load. 3. The method of claim 2, wherein if the module comprises only two inductive elements, the inductance value of the second inductive element is L2;
The module including a third inductive element connected in series with the first and second circuit paths; And
And the inductance value of the second and third inductive elements is 1/2 L2. 19. The system of claim 18, wherein the module forms a component of a wireless power delivery system for delivering power to a power receiving device including an electrical load;
The third inductive element is an adjustable inductive element; And
Wherein during operation of the wireless power delivery system, the inductance values of the second and third inductive elements are adjusted to compensate for changes in the electrical load. A method comprising adjusting an impedance matching network coupled to a power source in a wireless power delivery system to compensate for a change in an electrical load connected to a power receiver of a wireless power delivery system, the impedance matching network comprising:
A first inductive element formed by at least one loop of electrically conductive material;
A first adjustable capacitor connected in series with a first inductive element to form a first circuit path;
A second adjustable capacitor connected in parallel to the first circuit path and forming a second circuit path; And
And a second adjustable inductive element connected in series with the first and second circuit paths,
Wherein the first inductive element forms part of a high-Q resonator having an intrinsic Q value greater than 100 for at least one resonant frequency between 10 kHz and 100 MHz, and
Wherein adjusting the impedance matching network comprises adjusting at least one of a capacitance value of the first adjustable capacitor, a capacitance value of the second adjustable capacitor, and an inductance value of the second adjustable inductive element.

Images